Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,628 missions · 683 completed

Missions

Open945Completed683All1628
Markov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Walks in a Random Environment 1: Transience to +∞, to −∞, or Recurrence According to Σ n⁻¹P(ρ_n > 1) < ∞, Σ n⁻¹P(ρ_n < 1) < ∞, or Both Infinite (E ln σ < 0, > 0, = 0)Research Paper

Motivation

A random walk on the integers in which the probability of stepping right depends on the current site is the simplest model of motion through a disordered medium: a particle diffusing in a crystal with impurities, a molecule moving along a heterogeneous polymer, or a gene frequency drifting under fluctuating selection. When the site-dependent probabilities are themselves drawn at random, the result is a random walk in a random environment (RWRE). Fred Solomon's 1975 paper [Solomon 1975] gave the first rigorous analysis of this model on Z\mathbb ZZ with independent, identically distributed site probabilities, and its recurrence criterion opened the subject now surveyed in [Zeitouni 2004].

Timeline. Chung [Chung 1960, pp. 65–71] gave the hitting probabilities and the recurrence/transience criterion for a nearest-neighbour chain on Z\mathbb ZZ with fixed, site-dependent transition probabilities. Fluctuation theory, as presented in Chung's A Course in Probability Theory [Chung 1968, Ch. 8], characterises when a sum of i.i.d. random variables drifts to −∞-\infty−∞, to +∞+\infty+∞, or oscillates, through the series ∑1nP(Sn>0)\sum\frac1nP(S_n>0)∑n1​P(Sn​>0) and ∑1nP(Sn<0)\sum\frac1nP(S_n<0)∑n1​P(Sn​<0). Solomon (1975) combined the two to classify the RWRE on Z\mathbb ZZ, and also computed its speed and exhibited sub-ballistic and non-Gaussian behaviour. Kesten, Kozlov and Spitzer (1975) [KKS 1975] identified stable limit laws in the transient sub-ballistic regime, and Sinai (1982) [Sinai 1982] found the (log⁡n)2(\log n)^2(logn)2 scaling of the recurrent case.

Setting

Let α=(αn)n∈Z\alpha=(\alpha_n)_{n\in\mathbb Z}α=(αn​)n∈Z​ be independent, identically distributed random variables with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Given a fixed sequence a=(an)a=(a_n)a=(an​) in [0,1][0,1][0,1] (an environment), the chain MaM_aMa​ on Z\mathbb ZZ jumps from nnn to n+1n+1n+1 with probability ana_nan​ and to n−1n-1n−1 with probability βn=1−an\beta_n=1-a_nβn​=1−an​. The random walk in a random environment (Xn)n≥0(X_n)_{n\ge0}(Xn​)n≥0​ is the process obtained by first drawing α\alphaα and then running MαM_\alphaMα​ from X0=0X_0=0X0​=0; jointly,

P(α∈A, X0=x0,…,Xn=xn)=∫{α∈A}1{x0=0}∏k<nMα(xk,xk+1) dP.P(\alpha\in A,\ X_0=x_0,\dots,X_n=x_n)=\int_{\{\alpha\in A\}}\mathbf 1\{x_0=0\}\prod_{k<n}M_\alpha(x_k,x_{k+1})\,dP .P(α∈A, X0​=x0​,…,Xn​=xn​)=∫{α∈A}​1{x0​=0}k<n∏​Mα​(xk​,xk+1​)dP.

The walk is a Markov chain given the environment, but not after averaging over it. Define

σn=βnαn∈[0,∞],ρn=σ1⋯σn (n≥1),ρ−n=σ−1⋯σ−n (n≥1),\sigma_n=\frac{\beta_n}{\alpha_n}\in[0,\infty],\qquad \rho_n=\sigma_1\cdots\sigma_n\ (n\ge1),\qquad \rho_{-n}=\sigma_{-1}\cdots\sigma_{-n}\ (n\ge1),σn​=αn​βn​​∈[0,∞],ρn​=σ1​⋯σn​ (n≥1),ρ−n​=σ−1​⋯σ−n​ (n≥1),

and, for a fixed environment, the hitting probability fij=P(Xn=j for some n>0∣X0=i)f_{ij}=P(X_n=j\text{ for some }n>0\mid X_0=i)fij​=P(Xn​=j for some n>0∣X0​=i). The quantity E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is defined when the expectation of the positive or of the negative part of ln⁡σ∈[−∞,∞]\ln\sigma\in[-\infty,\infty]lnσ∈[−∞,∞] is finite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem (1.7)

Assume α0\alpha_0α0​ is not almost surely constant and either 0≤αn<10\le\alpha_n<10≤αn​<1 for all nnn or 0<αn≤10<\alpha_n\le10<αn​≤1 for all nnn. Then

∑n≥11nP(ρn>1)<∞⇒Xn→+∞,∑n≥11nP(ρn<1)<∞⇒Xn→−∞,\sum_{n\ge1}\tfrac1nP(\rho_n>1)<\infty\Rightarrow X_n\to+\infty,\qquad \sum_{n\ge1}\tfrac1nP(\rho_n<1)<\infty\Rightarrow X_n\to-\infty,n≥1∑​n1​P(ρn​>1)<∞⇒Xn​→+∞,n≥1∑​n1​P(ρn​<1)<∞⇒Xn​→−∞,

and if both series diverge, −∞=lim inf⁡Xn<lim sup⁡Xn=+∞-\infty=\liminf X_n<\limsup X_n=+\infty−∞=liminfXn​<limsupXn​=+∞, all almost surely. When E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is defined, the three cases are exactly E(ln⁡σ)<0E(\ln\sigma)<0E(lnσ)<0, >0>0>0, =0=0=0.

Milestones

Theorem (0.1): almost-sure properties of the walk in almost every fixed environment transfer to the RWRE. Lemma (1.1)(i)–(ii): the hitting probabilities fijf_{ij}fij​ in a fixed environment with 0<an<10<a_n<10<an​<1, as ratios of series in σ\sigmaσ. Lemma (1.5): in a fixed environment, ∑(ρ−n)−1\sum(\rho_{-n})^{-1}∑(ρ−n​)−1 and ∑ρn\sum\rho_n∑ρn​ decide transience to +∞+\infty+∞, to −∞-\infty−∞, or recurrence. Lemma (1.6): fluctuation theory for i.i.d. sums, including the summability of eSne^{S_n}eSn​. Two claims from the proof of (1.7) (p. 5): the boundary cases where αn\alpha_nαn​ equals 111 or 000 with positive probability, and the equivalence E(ln⁡σ)<0  ⟺  Sn→−∞  ⟺  ∑1nP(ρn>1)<∞E(\ln\sigma)<0\iff S_n\to-\infty\iff\sum\frac1nP(\rho_n>1)<\inftyE(lnσ)<0⟺Sn​→−∞⟺∑n1​P(ρn​>1)<∞ for Sn=ln⁡σ1+⋯+ln⁡σnS_n=\ln\sigma_1+\dots+\ln\sigma_nSn​=lnσ1​+⋯+lnσn​. A companion item asserts that the RWRE exists for every law of α0\alpha_0α0​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Significance

The theorem classifies the long-run behaviour of the RWRE on Z\mathbb ZZ by a condition on the law of a single site variable, with no moment assumption. It shows that the averaged drift Eα0−Eβ0E\alpha_0-E\beta_0Eα0​−Eβ0​ is not the right quantity: a walk can be recurrent or transient to the left while its average step is positive, because the criterion involves Eln⁡σE\ln\sigmaElnσ, a geometric rather than arithmetic mean. The criterion is the starting point for the speed law (Theorem (1.16) of the same paper), for the limit laws of Kesten–Kozlov–Spitzer and Sinai, and for the large-deviation theory of RWRE.

Solomon's results are proved; none of them, nor the fixed-environment criterion of Chung, is formalized in Lean. This mission produces machine-checked statements of the full trichotomy including the boundary cases σ∈{0,∞}\sigma\in\{0,\infty\}σ∈{0,∞}, of the classical hitting-probability formulas for birth–death chains on Z\mathbb ZZ, and of the fluctuation-theory criterion with infinite-valued expectations allowed.

Difficulty

The naive approach applies the law of large numbers to XnX_nXn​; it fails because the increments Xj−Xj−1X_{j}-X_{j-1}Xj​−Xj−1​ are neither independent nor stationary once the environment is averaged out. The argument must instead pass through a fixed environment, where the criterion of Lemma (1.5) involves the full random series ∑ρn\sum\rho_n∑ρn​ and ∑ρ−n−1\sum\rho_{-n}^{-1}∑ρ−n−1​, and then decide when these series converge almost surely. That step requires fluctuation theory for ln⁡ρn=∑k≤nln⁡σk\ln\rho_n=\sum_{k\le n}\ln\sigma_klnρn​=∑k≤n​lnσk​, a random walk whose steps may be infinite and may have no mean. In Lean, the main missing infrastructure is the fluctuation-theory criterion ∑1nP(Sn>0)<∞  ⟺  Sn→−∞\sum\frac1nP(S_n>0)<\infty\iff S_n\to-\infty∑n1​P(Sn​>0)<∞⟺Sn​→−∞, which Mathlib does not have, and the transfer from quenched to annealed statements for a process defined only through its cylinder laws.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace SolomonRWRE.Recurrence. The fixed-environment chain is IsChainInEnv P a i X, specified by its cylinder probabilities. The RWRE is IsRWRE P α X on an arbitrary probability space: measurable αn\alpha_nαn​ with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1] at every outcome, iIndepFun α P, identically distributed, and the joint cylinder law above. σn\sigma_nσn​, ρn\rho_nρn​, fijf_{ij}fij​ and all series are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), so "<∞<\infty<∞" and "=∞=\infty=∞" are literal; series over n≥1n\ge1n≥1 are indexed by n+1n+1n+1 in Lean. ln⁡σ\ln\sigmalnσ and SnS_nSn​ are extended reals, E(ln⁡σ)E(\ln\sigma)E(lnσ) is the difference of two lower Lebesgue integrals, and "defined" means one of them is finite. Recurrence is always stated in the paper's "in fact" form: lim inf⁡Xn=−∞\liminf X_n=-\inftyliminfXn​=−∞ and lim sup⁡Xn=+∞\limsup X_n=+\inftylimsupXn​=+∞. "Correspond respectively" is formalized as three equivalences between the series conditions and the sign conditions.

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Without nondegeneracy (α≡12\alpha\equiv\frac12α≡21​) both series vanish and (i), (ii) would contradict each other; the hypothesis is part of every statement that needs it. A cylinder law that cannot be met would make every theorem vacuous; a sorry-free check confirms that the environment α≡1\alpha\equiv1α≡1 with Xn=nX_n=nXn​=n satisfies IsRWRE, and the companion item asserts existence for every law of α0\alpha_0α0​. The page's alternative "0≤αn<10\le\alpha_n<10≤αn​<1 for all nnn or 0<αn≤10<\alpha_n\le10<αn​≤1 for all nnn" is kept, since a single range [0,1][0,1][0,1] would let 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0 change ρn\rho_nρn​.

Needed infrastructure: hitting probabilities of birth–death chains (reusable for any nearest-neighbour chain), the fluctuation-theory criterion for i.i.d. sums with extended values (reusable throughout applied probability), and a quenched-to-annealed transfer lemma. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Solomon, Random walks in a random environment, The Annals of Probability 3(1):1–31, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, Springer, Berlin, 1960 (pp. 65–71; reference [1] of Solomon 1975, https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444).
  • K. L. Chung, A Course in Probability Theory, Harcourt, Brace and World, New York, 1968 (Ch. 8; reference [2] of Solomon 1975, https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996444).
  • H. Kesten, M. V. Kozlov, F. Spitzer, A limit law for random walk in a random environment, Compositio Mathematica 30(2):145–168, 1975. http://www.numdam.org/item/CM_1975__30_2_145_0/
  • Ya. G. Sinai, The limiting behavior of a one-dimensional random walk in a random medium, Theory of Probability and its Applications 27(2):256–268, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1137/1127028
  • O. Zeitouni, Random walks in random environment, Lectures on Probability Theory and Statistics (Saint-Flour 2001), Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1837, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-39874-5_2
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

On Adaptive-Step Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithms for Linear Programming 4: For a Random Subspace, ‖Pq‖⁻∞ ≤ (log n/n)‖r‖² with Probability Tending to OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Primal–dual interior point methods follow a path of strictly feasible solutions to a linear program. Their worst case iteration bounds come from controlling a term that is quadratic in each search step. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye asked whether that term is typically much smaller than its worst case bound under a model in which a certain subspace is randomly oriented. Theorem 5 in their technical report gives a probability bound for the negative part of that term. It is a statement about one randomly oriented subspace and a fixed input vector, rather than a stochastic model for an entire algorithm run. The authors explicitly note that assigning the same random subspace model independently at successive iterations would be inconsistent with the algorithm's evolving state. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §6

Setting

Fix a dimension nnn, an integer ddd with 0≤d≤n0\le d\le n0≤d≤n, and a vector r∈Rnr\in\mathbb R^nr∈Rn. Draw a random ddd-dimensional subspace UUU from the distribution invariant under orthogonal transformations. Let ppp be the Euclidean orthogonal projection of rrr onto UUU, and put q=r−pq=r-pq=r−p, its projection onto U⊥U^\perpU⊥. The matrix P=diag⁡(p)P=\operatorname{diag}(p)P=diag(p) turns the vector qqq into the coordinatewise product Pq=(pjqj)j=1nPq=(p_jq_j)_{j=1}^nPq=(pj​qj​)j=1n​.

For a coordinate vector zzz, let z−=(min⁡{zj,0})j=1nz^-=(\min\{z_j,0\})_{j=1}^nz−=(min{zj​,0})j=1n​ and ∥z∥∞−=∥z−∥∞\|z\|^-_\infty=\|z^-\|_\infty∥z∥∞−​=∥z−∥∞​. Thus ∥Pq∥∞−\|Pq\|^-_\infty∥Pq∥∞−​ records the magnitude of the largest negative coordinate of PqPqPq. An unsubscripted vector norm is always the Euclidean ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. These definitions follow the report's notation on printed pages 2 and 4. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §§1–2

The formal model samples an (n−d)×n(n-d)\times n(n−d)×n matrix GGG with independent standard normal entries and sets U=ker⁡GU=\ker GU=kerG. The report itself gives this construction as an example of the orthogonally invariant law. With probability one, this null space has dimension ddd. The construction covers the endpoint cases d=0d=0d=0 and d=nd=nd=n as well: the projection product is then zero. This probabilistic model has no linear programming data in its statement. The optimization setting explains why the quantity matters, while the result depends only on Euclidean projection geometry. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §6

Formalization targets

Theorem 5

For arbitrary choices rn∈Rnr_n\in\mathbb R^nrn​∈Rn and dn≤nd_n\le ndn​≤n at each dimension, the central target is

Pr⁡{∥Pnqn∥∞−≤log⁡nn∥rn∥22}⟶1(n⟶∞).\Pr\left\{\|P_nq_n\|^-_\infty\le \frac{\log n}{n}\|r_n\|_2^2\right\} \longrightarrow 1\qquad(n\longrightarrow\infty).Pr{∥Pn​qn​∥∞−​≤nlogn​∥rn​∥22​}⟶1(n⟶∞).

The logarithm is natural. The theorem asks for the exact coefficient shown in the report, rather than only an asymptotic order. The choice of rnr_nrn​ and dnd_ndn​ may change with nnn; the result does not require a common probability space for all dimensions. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, Theorem 5, printed p. 13

Source milestones

The mission includes Lemma 6, which identifies a beta distributed radial coordinate and a uniform spherical direction for a projected vector; the componentwise identities and inequality (18)–(19); the Gaussian norm limit (20); the Gaussian coordinate maximum limit cited in the proof; and Lemma 7, which bounds the sup norm of a rotated uniform spherical direction by 3log⁡n/n\sqrt{3\log n/n}3logn/n​ with probability tending to one. Their statements, constants, and order follow printed pages 14–15 of the report. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §6

Significance

The result gives a precise high probability bound for the negative coordinates of the projection product. In the report this product represents the second order term of a primal–dual search direction, and a smaller value permits a larger admissible step in the relevant neighborhood analysis. The theorem therefore supplies a mathematically definite part of the paper's discussion of anticipated improved behavior. It does not by itself prove a typical iteration count: the paper does not provide a consistent random model for the sequence of subspaces visited by the algorithm. Mizuno, Todd, and Ye, §§2, 6–7

The report proves Theorem 5 and the two numbered lemmas on paper. The formalization work is to provide machine checked proofs of the random subspace representation, the beta and spherical laws, the finite dimensional Gaussian limits, and their connection to the projection bound. These results are reusable in other questions about random projections and coordinatewise estimates. The statements in this mission are open formalization targets; compilation of a statement with a proof placeholder does not count as a machine checked proof.

Difficulty

A direct norm bound on ppp and qqq loses the coordinate information needed for the factor log⁡n/n\log n/nlogn/n. The difficult part is that the desired bound concerns the most negative coordinate of a product of two dependent projections, while the distribution is specified through a random subspace. The paper's deterministic identity (18)–(19) relates this product to an angular coordinate. The remaining probabilistic statements must control the largest coordinate of a uniformly distributed spherical vector, including the numerical constant in Lemma 7. The laws of the radial and angular coordinates also need a sound measurable construction; simply writing a mapped measure without checking the map would not establish the claimed distributions.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so ∥r∥\|r\|∥r∥ is the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. Coordinate sup norms are separate definitions. A complete development needs finite dimensional inner product geometry, orthogonal projections, Gaussian product measures, beta measures, the uniform spherical law, and limits of real probabilities. The spherical law is encoded as the direction of a standard Gaussian vector. The Gaussian matrix construction fixes the invariant subspace distribution and must be connected to the stated ddd-dimensional law almost surely.

Lemma 6 concerns d,m≥1d,m\ge1d,m≥1 and n≥2n\ge2n≥2, where the beta parameters and the spherical direction are nondegenerate. Its angular direction is assigned zero at the zero coordinate, which has probability zero in this regime; the claimed decomposition and unit norm hold almost surely. Theorem 5 retains d=0d=0d=0, d=nd=nd=n, and r=0r=0r=0. Lemma 7 is stated only for frames in dimensions at least two; finitely many smaller dimensions are assigned probability one in its limit expression. Equation (20) keeps the report's condition ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. All limits are probabilities tending to one, never probability one at every finite nnn.

Contributions should preserve the source's constants and all three claims of Lemma 6. A proof of the beta law alone, or a bound for a single fixed direction, does not close the corresponding target. The invariant random subspace and projection model, the Gaussian and spherical distribution facts, and the coordinate estimates are each useful independently of this mission.

Selected references

  • Shinji Mizuno, Michael J. Todd, and Yinyu Ye, On Adaptive-Step Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithms for Linear Programming, Cornell ORIE Technical Report No. 944, 1990, revised 1991; published in Mathematics of Operations Research 18(4), 1993. DOI
  • Sidney I. Resnick, Extreme Values, Regular Variation, and Point Processes, Springer, 1987, pp. 42 and 71, cited in the report for the Gaussian maximum estimate. DOI
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Comparison of Threshold Stop Rules and Maximum for Independent Nonnegative Random Variables II: For I.I.D. Variables the Constant 2 Is Best Possible over Threshold RulesResearch Paper

Motivation

A prophet inequality compares two observers of a sequence of nonnegative random variables X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​. The prophet knows all values in advance and collects Xn∗=max⁡(X1,…,Xn)X_n^* = \max(X_1, \dots, X_n)Xn∗​=max(X1​,…,Xn​). The gambler sees the values one at a time and must decide, irrevocably, when to stop and collect the current value. For independent variables the gambler's optimal value is at least half of EXn∗EX_n^*EXn∗​, and the factor 222 is sharp. Prophet inequalities are a basic tool in the analysis of online mechanisms, posted-price auctions and online selection problems, where the gambler's rule is a pricing policy and the prophet is the offline optimum.

Optimal stopping rules are often difficult to compute and to implement. A threshold rule, which stops at the first value at least ccc, is a posted price, and is the form used in applications. Samuel-Cahn (Ann. Probab. 12 (1984) 1213–1216) proved that a threshold rule alone attains the factor 222: with mmm a median of Xn∗X_n^*Xn∗​, Theorem 1 of the paper gives EXn∗≤2E+Xs(m)EX_n^* \le 2E^+X_{s(m)}EXn∗​≤2E+Xs(m)​ or EXn∗≤2E+Xt(m)EX_n^* \le 2E^+X_{t(m)}EXn∗​≤2E+Xt(m)​. Mission I of this series formalizes that theorem.

Timeline (as recounted on p. 1213 of the paper).

  • 1978: Krengel and Sucheston show EXn∗≤2Vn(X‾)EX_n^* \le 2V_n(\underline X)EXn∗​≤2Vn​(X​), where VnV_nVn​ is the optimal stopping value, for independent Xi≥0X_i \ge 0Xi​≥0; the constant 222 cannot be improved for any n≥2n \ge 2n≥2.
  • 1981: Hill and Kertz show that strict inequality holds in all but trivial cases.
  • 1982: Hill and Kertz show that for i.i.d. XiX_iXi​ the best constant αn\alpha_nαn​ for optimal rules depends on nnn and is bounded by 1.61.61.6.
  • 1983: Kertz (unpublished at the time) proves lim⁡αn=1+a∗=1.341…\lim \alpha_n = 1 + a^* = 1.341\ldotslimαn​=1+a∗=1.341… for a constant a∗a^*a∗ given by an integral equation.
  • 1984: Samuel-Cahn shows that a median threshold rule achieves the factor 222 (Theorem 1), and that for threshold rules the factor 222 cannot be lowered even for i.i.d. variables (Theorem 2). This mission is Theorem 2.

Setting

Fix n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 and a probability law μ\muμ on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞). Let X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be independent with common law μ\muμ, and Xn∗=max⁡(X1,…,Xn)X_n^* = \max(X_1, \dots, X_n)Xn∗​=max(X1​,…,Xn​). For a constant c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 the threshold rules are

  • t(c)t(c)t(c): the smallest i<ni < ni<n with Xi≥cX_i \ge cXi​≥c, and t(c)=nt(c) = nt(c)=n otherwise;
  • s(c)s(c)s(c): the smallest i<ni < ni<n with Xi>cX_i > cXi​>c, and s(c)=ns(c) = ns(c)=n otherwise.

The stopped value is Xt(c)X_{t(c)}Xt(c)​ or Xs(c)X_{s(c)}Xs(c)​. The truncated expectations are E+Xt(c)=E[Xt(c)I(Xt(c)≥c)]E^+X_{t(c)} = E[X_{t(c)} I(X_{t(c)} \ge c)]E+Xt(c)​=E[Xt(c)​I(Xt(c)​≥c)] and E+Xs(c)=E[Xs(c)I(Xs(c)>c)]E^+X_{s(c)} = E[X_{s(c)} I(X_{s(c)} > c)]E+Xs(c)​=E[Xs(c)​I(Xs(c)​>c)]: they discard the forced stop at time nnn below the threshold. The class Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​ is the set of all t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c) with c≥0c \ge 0c≥0.

The lower half of the theorem uses an explicit family. For 0<a<10 < a < 10<a<1, b>0b > 0b>0, c>0c > 0c>0 and n>b+cn > b + cn>b+c, the variables Xi(n)X_i^{(n)}Xi(n)​ take the values 000, aaa, 111 with probabilities 1−(b+c)/n1 - (b+c)/n1−(b+c)/n, c/nc/nc/n, b/nb/nb/n. Two constants enter:

a∗=c(1−e−b)−be−b(1−e−c)c(1−e−b−c),Q(b,c)=1+e−b−e−b−c1−e−b−c−b(e−b−e−b−c)2c(1−e−b−c)(1−e−b).a^* = \frac{c(1 - e^{-b}) - b e^{-b}(1 - e^{-c})}{c(1 - e^{-b-c})}, \qquad Q(b, c) = 1 + \frac{e^{-b} - e^{-b-c}}{1 - e^{-b-c}} - \frac{b(e^{-b} - e^{-b-c})^2}{c(1 - e^{-b-c})(1 - e^{-b})}.a∗=c(1−e−b−c)c(1−e−b)−be−b(1−e−c)​,Q(b,c)=1+1−e−b−ce−b−e−b−c​−c(1−e−b−c)(1−e−b)b(e−b−e−b−c)2​.

This a∗a^*a∗ is unrelated to the a∗a^*a∗ of the NOTE in §1 of the paper.

In Lean (SamuelCahnProphet.IID), a sample is x : Fin n → ℝ under iidLaw μ n, the product measure; tIdx x c and sIdx x c are t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c); Emax, EstopT, EstopS, EplusT, EplusS are EXn∗EX_n^*EXn∗​, EXt(c)EX_{t(c)}EXt(c)​, EXs(c)EX_{s(c)}EXs(c)​ and the E+E^+E+ terms; supE and supEplus are the two suprema over Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​; threePoint n a b c is the law of Xi(n)X_i^{(n)}Xi(n)​; aStarIID and Q are the constants above.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 1215)

sup⁡nsup⁡X‾[EXn∗sup⁡t∈Tn∗E+Xt]=sup⁡nsup⁡X‾[EXn∗sup⁡t∈Tn∗EXt]=2,\sup_n \sup_{\underline X} \left[\frac{EX_n^*}{\sup_{t \in T_n^*} E^+X_t}\right] = \sup_n \sup_{\underline X} \left[\frac{EX_n^*}{\sup_{t \in T_n^*} EX_t}\right] = 2,nsup​X​sup​[supt∈Tn∗​​E+Xt​EXn∗​​]=nsup​X​sup​[supt∈Tn∗​​EXt​EXn∗​​]=2,

over i.i.d. nonnegative X‾\underline XX​. It is stated as three facts: EXn∗≤2sup⁡Tn∗E+XtEX_n^* \le 2 \sup_{T_n^*} E^+X_tEXn∗​≤2supTn∗​​E+Xt​ for every nnn and law; sup⁡Tn∗E+Xt≤sup⁡Tn∗EXt\sup_{T_n^*} E^+X_t \le \sup_{T_n^*} EX_tsupTn∗​​E+Xt​≤supTn∗​​EXt​; and for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 some nnn and law with (2−ε)sup⁡Tn∗EXt<EXn∗(2 - \varepsilon)\sup_{T_n^*} EX_t < EX_n^*(2−ε)supTn∗​​EXt​<EXn∗​.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 2, p. 1215)

  1. The upper bound EXn∗≤2sup⁡Tn∗E+XtEX_n^* \le 2\sup_{T_n^*} E^+X_tEXn∗​≤2supTn∗​​E+Xt​, attributed to Theorem 1.
  2. lim⁡nEXn(n)∗=1−e−b+a{e−b−e−b−c}\lim_n EX_n^{(n)*} = 1 - e^{-b} + a\{e^{-b} - e^{-b-c}\}limn​EXn(n)∗​=1−e−b+a{e−b−e−b−c}.
  3. For the three-point law, sup⁡Tn∗EXt=max⁡{EXt(a),EXt(1)}\sup_{T_n^*} EX_t = \max\{EX_{t(a)}, EX_{t(1)}\}supTn∗​​EXt​=max{EXt(a)​,EXt(1)​}.
  4. W(a)=lim⁡nEXt(a)(n)=(1−e−b−c)(b+ac)/(b+c)W(a) = \lim_n EX^{(n)}_{t(a)} = (1 - e^{-b-c})(b + ac)/(b + c)W(a)=limn​EXt(a)(n)​=(1−e−b−c)(b+ac)/(b+c).
  5. W(1)=lim⁡nEXt(1)(n)=1−e−bW(1) = \lim_n EX^{(n)}_{t(1)} = 1 - e^{-b}W(1)=limn​EXt(1)(n)​=1−e−b.
  6. W(a∗)=W(1)W(a^*) = W(1)W(a∗)=W(1) and 0<a∗<10 < a^* < 10<a∗<1.
  7. With a=a∗a = a^*a=a∗, lim⁡nEXn(n)∗/sup⁡Tn∗EXt(n)=Q(b,c)\lim_n EX_n^{(n)*}/\sup_{T_n^*} EX_t^{(n)} = Q(b, c)limn​EXn(n)∗​/supTn∗​​EXt(n)​=Q(b,c).
  8. Q(b,c)→2Q(b, c) \to 2Q(b,c)→2 as b→0+b \to 0^+b→0+ and c→∞c \to \inftyc→∞.

Significance

Theorem 1 says a posted price recovers half of the prophet's value. Theorem 2 says this guarantee is tight within the class of threshold rules even under the most favourable independence structure, identical distributions. This matters because for optimal rules the i.i.d. constant is at most 1.61.61.6 (Hill and Kertz 1982); the theorem separates threshold rules from optimal rules in the i.i.d. case and sets the benchmark that later single-threshold and order-selection analyses compare against.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. This mission produces one: a formal model of threshold rules on an i.i.d. sample, exact asymptotics of the expected maximum and of two stopped values for a triangular array of three-point laws, the reduction of the class Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​ to two rules, and the two-parameter limit. The upper bound (milestone 1) is the i.i.d. case of mission I's goal, and may later be closed by reference to it.

Difficulty

The limits are "easily seen" on the page, but each requires controlling (1−x/n)n−1(1 - x/n)^{n-1}(1−x/n)n−1 uniformly with the exact law of a stopped index on a product space, including the forced stop at nnn whose contribution vanishes only in the limit. Milestone 3 is a finite claim over an uncountable family of rules: every t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c) with c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 must be shown to coincide almost surely with one of t(0)t(0)t(0), t(a)t(a)t(a), t(1)t(1)t(1) or stopping at nnn, and the first and last must be shown dominated by t(a)t(a)t(a) for every finite n>b+cn > b + cn>b+c, not only asymptotically. The final step is a joint limit in (b,c)(b, c)(b,c), in which b/(1−e−b)→1b/(1 - e^{-b}) \to 1b/(1−e−b)→1 while the correction term vanishes like 1/c1/c1/c; an iterated limit is not the statement.

Formalization scope

The i.i.d. variables are the coordinates of Rn\mathbb R^nRn under the product measure μ⊗n\mu^{\otimes n}μ⊗n; all quantities depend only on the joint law, so the supremum over X‾\underline XX​ is a supremum over laws μ\muμ with μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty, 0)) = 0μ((−∞,0))=0. Indices are 0-based in Fin n with [NeZero n], the paper's index nnn being ⊤. Expectations are lintegrals of ENNReal.ofReal in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]: no integrability is assumed and EXn∗=∞EX_n^* = \inftyEXn∗​=∞ is allowed. The sup over Tn∗T_n^*Tn∗​ ranges over c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 and over both families t(c)t(c)t(c) and s(c)s(c)s(c). Limits along the triangular array are indexed by n=k+1n = k + 1n=k+1 and taken in R\mathbb RR after toReal; the early terms with n≤b+cn \le b + cn≤b+c, where the clipped weights of threePoint do not form a probability measure, do not affect any limit.

The page's ratios are not written literally: in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] the quotients 0/00/00/0 and ∞/∞\infty/\infty∞/∞ take junk values, so a literal supremum of ratios would be decided by degenerate laws. The goal's third fact uses a strict inequality and requires an explicit probability law on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), which rules out the Dirac mass at 000 and sub-probability witnesses.

A complete development needs: the law of the first index of a product sample entering a set, expectations of finite-valued functions under Measure.pi, the limit (1−x/n)n→e−x(1 - x/n)^n \to e^{-x}(1−x/n)n→e−x along a triangular array, and elementary bounds on the exponential. The first two are reusable for any threshold or secretary-type stopping problem on i.i.d. samples. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as is a proof of the upper bound that does not route through the median.

Selected references

  • E. Samuel-Cahn, Comparison of threshold stop rules and maximum for independent nonnegative random variables, Ann. Probab. 12(4) (1984) 1213–1216. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993150
  • U. Krengel and L. Sucheston, On semiamarts, amarts, and processes with finite value, in Probability on Banach Spaces, Adv. Probab. Related Topics 4, Dekker, New York (1978) 197–266.
  • T. P. Hill and R. P. Kertz, Ratio comparisons of supremum and stop rule expectations, Z. Wahrsch. verw. Gebiete 56 (1981) 283–285. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00536175
  • T. P. Hill and R. P. Kertz, Comparisons of stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables, Ann. Probab. 10(2) (1982) 336–345. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993861
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryAnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Values of Large Games II: Oceanic Games 1: Closed-Form Values of Interior Oceanic GamesResearch Paper

Motivation

Weighted voting bodies often combine a few large blocs with a mass of small, unorganized voters: shareholders' meetings with a handful of large holders and a dispersed float, legislatures with party blocs and independents. The Shapley value measures each participant's voting power as the probability of being pivotal — the one whose arrival first turns a losing coalition into a winning one — when participants arrive in a uniformly random order. For many small voters this computation becomes a combinatorial problem whose size grows with the number of voters.

Milnor and Shapley (RAND RM-2649, 1961; revised as Mathematics of Operations Research 3(4), 1978) replaced the small voters by a continuum, the ocean, and obtained explicit formulas for the power of the large voters. The memorandum is the second of a RAND series on values of large games; the first (L. S. Shapley and N. Z. Shapiro, Values of Large Games, I: A Limit Theorem, RM-2648, 1960) proves the limit theorem for finite games with many small players on which the oceanic model rests. This mission formalizes the part of the memorandum that leads to explicit closed forms for the values of interior oceanic games (§2, §4, §5).

Setting

There are mmm major players M={1,…,m}M = \{1, \dots, m\}M={1,…,m} with weights w1,…,wm≥0w_1, \dots, w_m \ge 0w1​,…,wm​≥0, and w(S)=∑j∈Swjw(S) = \sum_{j \in S} w_jw(S)=∑j∈S​wj​. The ocean is the interval I=[0,1]I = [0,1]I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure, carrying total weight α>0\alpha > 0α>0. In the oceanic game [c;w1,…,wm;α][c; w_1, \dots, w_m; \alpha][c;w1​,…,wm​;α] with quota ccc, a coalition wins when the weight of its major players plus α\alphaα times its share of the ocean is at least ccc.

The random order is modelled by a uniform random point x=(x1,…,xm)x = (x_1, \dots, x_m)x=(x1​,…,xm​) of the cube ImI^mIm: major player jjj is inserted into the ocean at position xjx_jxj​, and P(t)={j:xj<t}P(t) = \{ j : x_j < t \}P(t)={j:xj​<t} is the set of major players placed before position ttt. Player iii is pivotal when

w(P(xi))+αxi≤c≤w(P(xi))+wi+αxi,(2.4)w(P(x_i)) + \alpha x_i \le c \le w(P(x_i)) + w_i + \alpha x_i, \qquad (2.4)w(P(xi​))+αxi​≤c≤w(P(xi​))+wi​+αxi​,(2.4)

and the value φi\varphi_iφi​ of player iii is the probability of (2.4), i.e. the volume of the set Ai⊆ImA_i \subseteq I^mAi​⊆Im where it holds. The combined value of the ocean is Φ=1−∑iφi\Phi = 1 - \sum_{i} \varphi_iΦ=1−∑i​φi​ (2.5).

With the quota yyy as a variable, Γ(y)=[y;w1,…,wm;α]\Gamma(y) = [y; w_1, \dots, w_m; \alpha]Γ(y)=[y;w1​,…,wm​;α] has values φi(y)\varphi_i(y)φi​(y), Φ(y)\Phi(y)Φ(y), and the pivot location F(y)=inf⁡{t≥0:w(P(t))+αt≥y}F(y) = \inf\{t \ge 0 : w(P(t)) + \alpha t \ge y\}F(y)=inf{t≥0:w(P(t))+αt≥y} is a random, nondecreasing, piecewise linear function of yyy with expectation E{F(y)}E\{F(y)\}E{F(y)}. Adding a major player m+1m+1m+1 of weight wm+1w_{m+1}wm+1​ gives the game Γ+\Gamma^+Γ+.

The game is interior when

w(M)≤c≤α,w(M) \le c \le \alpha,w(M)≤c≤α,

that is, the ocean alone wins and the major players together lose. With wˉj=α−wj\bar w_j = \alpha - w_jwˉj​=α−wj​, define π(S)=∏j∈Swjα∏j∈M−Swˉjα\pi(S) = \prod_{j \in S} \tfrac{w_j}{\alpha} \prod_{j \in M - S} \tfrac{\bar w_j}{\alpha}π(S)=∏j∈S​αwj​​∏j∈M−S​αwˉj​​ for S⊆MS \subseteq MS⊆M, the analogous product πi(S)\pi_i(S)πi​(S) over M−{i}M - \{i\}M−{i} for S⊆M−{i}S \subseteq M - \{i\}S⊆M−{i}, and the integers a0=1a_0 = 1a0​=1, an=1−nan−1a_n = 1 - n a_{n-1}an​=1−nan−1​, i.e. 1,0,1,−2,9,−44,…1, 0, 1, -2, 9, -44, \dots1,0,1,−2,9,−44,…

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 20)

In an interior game, with s=∣S∣s = |S|s=∣S∣,

φi=wiα∑S⊆M−{i}as πi(S),Φ=∑S⊆Mas π(S).\varphi_i = \frac{w_i}{\alpha} \sum_{S \subseteq M - \{i\}} a_s \, \pi_i(S), \qquad \Phi = \sum_{S \subseteq M} a_s \, \pi(S).φi​=αwi​​S⊆M−{i}∑​as​πi​(S),Φ=S⊆M∑​as​π(S).

Both identities are part of the goal. The values do not depend on ccc within the interior range.

Milestones

  1. §2, p. 5: the pivot sets A1,…,AmA_1, \dots, A_mA1​,…,Am​ overlap only in measure zero.
  2. (4.3): φi(y)=Prob⁡{F(y)=xi}\varphi_i(y) = \operatorname{Prob}\{F(y) = x_i\}φi​(y)=Prob{F(y)=xi​} for 0≤y≤w(M)+α0 \le y \le w(M) + \alpha0≤y≤w(M)+α.
  3. (4.4)–(4.5): for 0<y<w(M)+α0 < y < w(M) + \alpha0<y<w(M)+α, FFF is differentiable at yyy almost surely, ∑iφi(y)=Prob⁡{F′(y)=0}\sum_i \varphi_i(y) = \operatorname{Prob}\{F'(y) = 0\}∑i​φi​(y)=Prob{F′(y)=0} and Φ(y)=Prob⁡{F′(y)=1/α}\Phi(y) = \operatorname{Prob}\{F'(y) = 1/\alpha\}Φ(y)=Prob{F′(y)=1/α}.
  4. Theorem 2, (4.7): Φ(y)=α ddyE{F(y)}\Phi(y) = \alpha \, \frac{d}{dy} E\{F(y)\}Φ(y)=αdyd​E{F(y)}.
  5. Lemma, (4.12)–(4.13): φm+1+(z)=1α∫t1t2Φ(y) dy\varphi^+_{m+1}(z) = \frac{1}{\alpha} \int_{t_1}^{t_2} \Phi(y)\, dyφm+1+​(z)=α1​∫t1​t2​​Φ(y)dy with t1=max⁡(z−wm+1,0)t_1 = \max(z - w_{m+1}, 0)t1​=max(z−wm+1​,0), t2=min⁡(z,w(M)+α)t_2 = \min(z, w(M) + \alpha)t2​=min(z,w(M)+α).
  6. Theorem 5, (5.4): if [c;w1,…,wm;α][c; w_1, \dots, w_m; \alpha][c;w1​,…,wm​;α] and [d;w1,…,wm+1;α][d; w_1, \dots, w_{m+1}; \alpha][d;w1​,…,wm+1​;α] are both interior, φm+1+=1αΦwm+1\varphi^+_{m+1} = \frac{1}{\alpha} \Phi w_{m+1}φm+1+​=α1​Φwm+1​.
  7. Proof of Theorem 6, p. 21: the right-hand sides above add up to 1, an identity valid for all real wjw_jwj​ and α≠0\alpha \ne 0α=0.

Further items, not milestones: the Corollary (5.5), Theorem 3 (averaged over all quotas, each value equals the player's share of the total weight), Theorem 4 (small players behave like ocean), and (5.8) with its footnote (∣an∣|a_n|∣an​∣ is the nearest integer to n!/en!/en!/e and counts derangements).

Significance

Theorem 6 turns the voting power of the large blocs, a priori a probability over a continuum of orderings, into a finite multilinear polynomial in the ratios wj/αw_j/\alphawj​/α. Table 1 of the memorandum lists the cases m≤3m \le 3m≤3, and the theorem gives every mmm. Its coefficients are signed derangement numbers. The Corollary (5.5) states that a major player's value per vote equals the ocean's value per vote in the game without that player.

The memorandum's arguments are short and partly heuristic: "E commutes with the derivative", the disjointness of the pivot sets is "obvious", and the induction for Theorem 6 relies on the symmetry of the value in the major players, which is never stated. A formalization makes each of these steps precise, including the measure-zero exceptions and the quota ranges. To our knowledge none of these results has a machine-checked proof; Mathlib has the Lebesgue measure on cubes, interval integrals and derangement numbers, but no game-theoretic value with a continuum of players.

Difficulty

The values are volumes of regions of ImI^mIm cut out by inequalities whose shape depends on the order of the coordinates, so a direct computation splits into m!m!m! order cells, with the quota ccc entering each. The paper's route avoids this by passing through the random function FFF, Theorem 2 and the Lemma; that route needs differentiation under the integral sign for a function that is only piecewise linear in yyy, with kinks at random locations, and an exact bookkeeping of the interval of integration when the quota approaches the ends of [0,w(M)+α][0, w(M) + \alpha][0,w(M)+α]. Theorem 6 is then an induction on mmm that uses Theorem 5 for every player in turn, so it also needs the invariance of φi\varphi_iφi​ under a relabelling of the major players.

Formalization scope

  • Major players are Fin m (m=0m = 0m=0 is allowed; then Φ=1\Phi = 1Φ=1). The probability of an event is the Lebesgue volume of its intersection with [0,1]m[0,1]^m[0,1]m; no probability space is built.
  • P(t)P(t)P(t) uses the strict inequality xj<tx_j < txj​<t, as printed.
  • φi\varphi_iφi​ is defined as the volume of the pivot set (2.4), for every real quota. Φ\PhiΦ is defined by (2.5), as the paper allows ("We might equally well take (2.5) as the definition of Φ\PhiΦ"). Neither is defined through the formulas of Theorem 6 or through FFF; defining them that way would make the goal an unfolding, and is ruled out.
  • The paper writes (4.2) as a minimum F(y)=min⁡{x∣w(P(x))+αx≥y}F(y) = \min\{x \mid w(P(x)) + \alpha x \ge y\}F(y)=min{x∣w(P(x))+αx≥y}, which need not be attained; FFF is the infimum over t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, the value shown in its Fig. 3.
  • The standing assumptions wj≥0w_j \ge 0wj​≥0 and α>0\alpha > 0α>0 (§2) are explicit hypotheses. The p. 5 footnote's 0≤c≤w(M)+α0 \le c \le w(M)+\alpha0≤c≤w(M)+α applies to the pivot-set milestone. Other quota ranges are explicit: 0≤y≤w(M)+α0 \le y \le w(M) + \alpha0≤y≤w(M)+α for (4.3) and Theorem 2 (one-sided derivatives at the ends), the open interval for (4.4)–(4.5) (two-sided derivatives, stated with HasDerivAt), and 0≤z≤w(M)+wm+1+α0 \le z \le w(M) + w_{m+1} + \alpha0≤z≤w(M)+wm+1​+α for the Lemma, as on p. 14.
  • The added player is appended with Fin.snoc as index Fin.last m.
  • Corollary (5.5) assumes wi>0w_i > 0wi​>0, since it divides by wiw_iwi​. Theorem 4, stated in the paper "in the general oceanic game", is false at quota 000 and when the limit game has no winning coalition; it is stated for 0<c≤w(M−{i})+α0 < c \le w(M - \{i\}) + \alpha0<c≤w(M−{i})+α.
  • The identity of milestone 7 is pure algebra and is stated for all real weights and α≠0\alpha \ne 0α=0.

A complete development needs: measurability of the pivot sets and of FFF in xxx, the structure of FFF as a piecewise linear function of yyy, differentiation of E{F}E\{F\}E{F}, and invariance of the values under permutations of the major players. The pivot-set and FFF infrastructure is reusable for the companion mission on limits of finite weighted majority games. Contributions of any of the milestones, of the symmetry lemma, and of the non-milestone items are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. W. Milnor and L. S. Shapley, Values of Large Games, II: Oceanic Games, The RAND Corporation, Research Memorandum RM-2649, February 1961. https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_memoranda/RM2649.html
  • J. W. Milnor and L. S. Shapley, Values of Large Games II: Oceanic Games, Mathematics of Operations Research 3(4):290–307, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.3.4.290
  • L. S. Shapley, A Value for n-Person Games, in Contributions to the Theory of Games II, Annals of Mathematics Studies 28, Princeton University Press, 1953, 307–317. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881970-018
  • L. S. Shapley and N. Z. Shapiro, Values of Large Games, I: A Limit Theorem, The RAND Corporation, Research Memorandum RM-2648, November 1960.
  • R. J. Aumann and L. S. Shapley, Values of Non-Atomic Games, Princeton University Press, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400867080
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Stochastic Approximation Method: If M Is Nondecreasing, M(θ) = α and M′(θ) > 0, the Robbins–Monro Iterates with Steps of Type 1/n Converge to θ in Mean SquareResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics and engineering ask for the level θ\thetaθ at which an unknown function takes a prescribed value α\alphaα: the dose at which a fraction α\alphaα of subjects respond, the setting at which a noisy device reaches a target output, the α\alphaα-quantile of a distribution that can only be probed by yes/no experiments. When the function can only be observed through noisy measurements, classical root-finding does not apply. Robbins and Monro (Ann. Math. Statist. 22 (1951) 400–407) proposed a recursive procedure that uses one noisy observation per step and proved that it converges in mean square. The paper started the field of stochastic approximation, which today underlies stochastic gradient descent, temporal-difference learning and adaptive control.

Timeline. Robbins and Monro (1951) prove mean-square convergence for bounded responses under conditions (5′) or (33)–(35). Kiefer and Wolfowitz (1952) adapt the scheme to finding a maximum. Blum (1954) proves almost-sure convergence under weaker moment conditions. Dvoretzky (1956) gives a general convergence theorem covering both schemes. Later work (Robbins and Siegmund, 1971; Ljung, 1977; Kushner and Clark, 1978; Benaïm, 1999) develops the supermartingale and ODE methods.

Setting

To each real level xxx corresponds a random response Y(x)Y(x)Y(x) with distribution function H(y∣x)H(y \mid x)H(y∣x), and the regression function is

M(x)=∫−∞∞y dH(y∣x).M(x) = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} y \, dH(y \mid x).M(x)=∫−∞∞​ydH(y∣x).

The responses are bounded: there is C>0C > 0C>0 with Pr⁡[∣Y(x)∣≤C]=1\Pr[|Y(x)| \le C] = 1Pr[∣Y(x)∣≤C]=1 for all xxx (condition (4)). Fix constants α,θ\alpha, \thetaα,θ and positive step sizes ana_nan​. The Robbins–Monro process starts at an arbitrary constant x1x_1x1​ and sets

xn+1−xn=an(α−yn),Pr⁡[yn≤y∣xn]=H(y∣xn),x_{n+1} - x_n = a_n(\alpha - y_n), \qquad \Pr[y_n \le y \mid x_n] = H(y \mid x_n),xn+1​−xn​=an​(α−yn​),Pr[yn​≤y∣xn​]=H(y∣xn​),

so yny_nyn​ is a fresh response observed at the current level xnx_nxn​. The quantity of interest is the mean squared error bn=E(xn−θ)2b_n = E(x_n - \theta)^2bn​=E(xn​−θ)2.

A sequence {an}\{a_n\}{an​} is of type 1/n1/n1/n if

∑n=1∞an2<∞(6),∑n=2∞ana1+⋯+an−1=∞(26);\sum_{n=1}^{\infty} a_n^2 < \infty \quad (6), \qquad \sum_{n=2}^{\infty} \frac{a_n}{a_1 + \cdots + a_{n-1}} = \infty \quad (26);n=1∑∞​an2​<∞(6),n=2∑∞​a1​+⋯+an−1​an​​=∞(26);

an=1/na_n = 1/nan​=1/n is the standard example. The proof also uses dn=E[(xn−θ)(M(xn)−α)]d_n = E[(x_n-\theta)(M(x_n)-\alpha)]dn​=E[(xn​−θ)(M(xn​)−α)], en=E[∫(y−α)2 dH(y∣xn)]e_n = E[\int (y-\alpha)^2\,dH(y\mid x_n)]en​=E[∫(y−α)2dH(y∣xn​)] and An=∣x1−θ∣+[C+∣α∣](a1+⋯+an−1)A_n = |x_1 - \theta| + [C+|\alpha|](a_1 + \cdots + a_{n-1})An​=∣x1​−θ∣+[C+∣α∣](a1​+⋯+an−1​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 405)

If {an}\{a_n\}{an​} is of type 1/n1/n1/n, (4) holds, and MMM is nondecreasing with M(θ)=αM(\theta) = \alphaM(θ)=α and M′(θ)>0M'(\theta) > 0M′(θ)>0, then, whatever x1x_1x1​,

lim⁡n→∞E(xn−θ)2=0.\lim_{n \to \infty} E(x_n - \theta)^2 = 0.n→∞lim​E(xn​−θ)2=0.

Milestones

  1. The one-step identity (14): bn+1−bn=an2en−2andnb_{n+1} - b_n = a_n^2 e_n - 2a_n d_nbn+1​−bn​=an2​en​−2an​dn​.
  2. The signs and bound after (14): dn≥0d_n \ge 0dn​≥0 and 0≤en≤[C+∣α∣]20 \le e_n \le [C+|\alpha|]^20≤en​≤[C+∣α∣]2.
  3. (17)–(18): ∑an2en\sum a_n^2e_n∑an2​en​ and ∑andn\sum a_n d_n∑an​dn​ converge, and b=lim⁡bn=b1+∑an2en−2∑andnb = \lim b_n = b_1 + \sum a_n^2e_n - 2\sum a_nd_nb=limbn​=b1​+∑an2​en​−2∑an​dn​ exists with b≥0b \ge 0b≥0.
  4. Lemma 1: if dn≥knbnd_n \ge k_n b_ndn​≥kn​bn​ with kn≥0k_n \ge 0kn​≥0 and ∑ankn=∞\sum a_n k_n = \infty∑an​kn​=∞, then b=0b = 0b=0.
  5. (22): Pr⁡[∣xn−θ∣≤An]=1\Pr[|x_n - \theta| \le A_n] = 1Pr[∣xn​−θ∣≤An​]=1.
  6. (24): dn≥kˉnbnd_n \ge \bar k_n b_ndn​≥kˉn​bn​, where kˉn\bar k_nkˉn​ is the infimum of (M(x)−α)/(x−θ)(M(x)-\alpha)/(x-\theta)(M(x)−α)/(x−θ) over 0<∣x−θ∣≤An0 < |x-\theta| \le A_n0<∣x−θ∣≤An​.
  7. (27): (26) implies ∑an=∞\sum a_n = \infty∑an​=∞.
  8. Lemma 2: if kˉn≥K/An\bar k_n \ge K/A_nkˉn​≥K/An​ for some K>0K > 0K>0 and large nnn, and (26) holds, then b=0b = 0b=0.
  9. (42): under (33)–(35), (M(x)−α)/(x−θ)≥δM′(θ)/2An(M(x)-\alpha)/(x-\theta) \ge \delta M'(\theta)/2A_n(M(x)−α)/(x−θ)≥δM′(θ)/2An​ on 0<∣x−θ∣≤An0 < |x-\theta| \le A_n0<∣x−θ∣≤An​.

Companion results

Theorem 1 (p. 404: the same conclusion under (5′), M(x)≤α−δM(x) \le \alpha - \deltaM(x)≤α−δ for x<θx < \thetax<θ and M(x)≥α+δM(x) \ge \alpha + \deltaM(x)≥α+δ for x>θx > \thetax>θ); convergence in probability under the hypotheses of Theorem 2 (p. 401); the quantile estimator of §4, (48); and (30), that c′/n≤an≤c′′/nc'/n \le a_n \le c''/nc′/n≤an​≤c′′/n gives a sequence of type 1/n1/n1/n.

Significance

Theorem 2 is the first convergence theorem for a recursive root-finding procedure under noise. It shows that a procedure using no knowledge of MMM or of the noise distribution, beyond a monotone crossing and a positive slope at the root, is consistent. Section 4 turns it into a distribution-free consistent estimator of a quantile from response/nonresponse data, the up-and-down designs of bioassay and sensitivity testing. Its step-size conditions, ∑an2<∞\sum a_n^2 < \infty∑an2​<∞ with a divergence condition, remain the standard conditions for stochastic gradient methods.

The theorem has been proved since 1951 and strengthened many times. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof, and Mathlib has no stochastic approximation theory. Formalizing it requires conditional laws given by Markov kernels, integration against a composition of a measure with a kernel, and deterministic series arguments. A finished formalization would be a base for formalizing the almost-sure theorems (Blum, Robbins–Siegmund) and the ODE method.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at one step. Monotonicity of MMM and a positive derivative at θ\thetaθ do not give a uniform positive lower bound on the slope (M(x)−α)/(x−θ)(M(x)-\alpha)/(x-\theta)(M(x)−α)/(x−θ): away from θ\thetaθ the slope can decay to 000, for example when MMM is bounded, as (4) forces. So the drift towards θ\thetaθ is not uniformly strong, and the newcomer's first idea, a uniform contraction bn+1≤(1−c an)bn+O(an2)b_{n+1} \le (1 - c\,a_n) b_n + O(a_n^2)bn+1​≤(1−can​)bn​+O(an2​), is not available under (33)–(35). This is why the theorem needs the divergence condition (26), which is stronger than ∑an=∞\sum a_n = \infty∑an​=∞, and not only (6). On the formal side, the expectations come from integrating against the joint law of (xn,yn)(x_n, y_n)(xn​,yn​), and they need integrability bounds before any identity can be used.

Formalization scope

Everything is in the namespace RobbinsMonroSA.Conv, over a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P) with IsProbabilityMeasure P. Indices are 0-based: Lean's x 0, a 0 are the paper's x1x_1x1​, a1a_1a1​, and Lean's bigA … n is the paper's An+1A_{n+1}An+1​. The committed conventions are:

  • HHH is a Kernel ℝ ℝ with IsMarkovKernel H (each H(⋅∣x)H(\cdot\mid x)H(⋅∣x) is a probability law, measurable in xxx).
  • (4) is 0 < C ∧ ∀ x, H x [-C, C] = 1. It is a hypothesis of every item that mentions an expectation, and it is what keeps the Bochner integrals defining bnb_nbn​, dnd_ndn​, ene_nen​ and MMM from defaulting to 000.
  • (8) is the joint-law equation: the law of (xn,yn)(x_n, y_n)(xn​,yn​) is the law of xnx_nxn​ composed with HHH. (7) holds surely, and xnx_nxn​, yny_nyn​ are measurable. No Markov property or filtration beyond (8) is assumed.
  • Every "=∞= \infty=∞" for a series ((19), (26), (27)) is divergence of partial sums to +∞+\infty+∞. "b=0b = 0b=0" is bn→0b_n \to 0bn​→0.
  • M′(θ)>0M'(\theta) > 0M′(θ)>0 is HasDerivAt M M' θ with 0 < M'.
  • The infimum kˉn\bar k_nkˉn​ of (23) is never formed. (24) and (25) are stated with lower bounds on (M(z)−α)/(z−θ)(M(z)-\alpha)/(z-\theta)(M(z)−α)/(z−θ) over 0<∣z−θ∣≤An0<|z-\theta|\le A_n0<∣z−θ∣≤An​. This avoids the junk value 000 that Lean's real infimum gives on the empty range (An=0A_n = 0An​=0), where the paper's infimum is +∞+\infty+∞.

The standing assumptions of §3, (4), (5) and (6), are hypotheses of Lemma 1, Lemma 2 and the displays of §3 whose proofs use them. In Theorems 1 and 2, (5) follows from (5′) or from (33)–(34), and (6) is part of "type 1/n1/n1/n".

The goal cannot be trivialized. It mentions neither dnd_ndn​, ene_nen​, AnA_nAn​ nor any constant, and the process must satisfy (8) for every nnn. Without (8), yny_nyn​ would be arbitrary and the statement false; with yn=M(xn)y_n = M(x_n)yn​=M(xn​) it would be deterministic.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, reusable lemmas on integrating against μ ⊗ₘ κ, and a proof that an=1/na_n = 1/nan​=1/n satisfies (26).

Selected references

  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22 (1951), 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • J. Kiefer and J. Wolfowitz, Stochastic estimation of the maximum of a regression function, Ann. Math. Statist. 23 (1952), 462–466. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729392
  • J. R. Blum, Approximation methods which converge with probability one, Ann. Math. Statist. 25 (1954), 382–386. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728794
  • A. Dvoretzky, On stochastic approximation, Proc. Third Berkeley Symp. Math. Statist. Prob. 1 (1956), 39–55. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.bsmsp/1200501645
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics (1971), 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709 (1999), 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Statistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Tight Constant in the Dvoretzky–Kiefer–Wolfowitz Inequality I: P(√n sup(F − F̂ₙ) > λ) ≤ exp(−2λ²) for λ ≥ min(√(log 2/2), 1.0841 n^(−1/6))Research Paper

Motivation

The Kolmogorov–Smirnov statistics measure how far the empirical distribution of a sample lies from a hypothesised distribution. They are the standard goodness-of-fit test for continuous data, and their tail probabilities are the basic tool for confidence bands around a distribution function. A test is only usable at a fixed sample size if those tail probabilities are controlled for every nnn, not just in the limit.

Timeline.

  • 1933–1944. Kolmogorov and Smirnov introduce the statistics, prove that their laws do not depend on the continuous distribution, and find the limit laws, e.g. lim⁡nP(Dn−>λ)=exp⁡(−2λ2)\lim_n P(D_n^->\lambda)=\exp(-2\lambda^2)limn​P(Dn−​>λ)=exp(−2λ2). Smirnov (1944) also gives the exact law of the one-sided statistic and the expansion P(Dn−>λ)=exp⁡(−2λ2)(1−2λ3n+O(n−1))P(D_n^->\lambda)=\exp(-2\lambda^2)\bigl(1-\frac{2\lambda}{3\sqrt n}+O(n^{-1})\bigr)P(Dn−​>λ)=exp(−2λ2)(1−3n​2λ​+O(n−1)).
  • 1956. Dvoretzky, Kiefer and Wolfowitz prove P(Dn−>λ)≤Cexp⁡(−2λ2)P(D_n^->\lambda)\le C\exp(-2\lambda^2)P(Dn−​>λ)≤Cexp(−2λ2) for every nnn, with an unspecified constant CCC (Ann. Math. Statist. 27).
  • 1958. Birnbaum and McCarty conjecture that C=1C=1C=1 is admissible.
  • 1979–1985. Explicit constants: C≤306C\le306C≤306 (Devroye and Wise), C≤29C\le29C≤29 (Shorack and Wellner), C≤22C\le2\sqrt2C≤22​ (Hu).
  • 1990. Massart proves the conjecture under a mild lower bound on λ\lambdaλ, and deduces the two-sided bound with the optimal constant 222 (Ann. Probab. 18).

Setting

Let x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​ (n≥1n\ge1n≥1) be independent, identically distributed real random variables with a continuous distribution function FFF. The empirical distribution function is

F^n(x)=1n∑i=1n1(xi≤x),\hat F_n(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\mathbb 1_{(x_i\le x)},F^n​(x)=n1​i=1∑n​1(xi​≤x)​,

and the centred, normalised empirical process is Zn=n(F^n−F)Z_n=\sqrt n(\hat F_n-F)Zn​=n​(F^n​−F). The statistics are

Dn+=sup⁡x∈RZn(x),Dn−=sup⁡x∈R(−Zn(x)),Dn=sup⁡x∈R∣Zn(x)∣.D_n^+=\sup_{x\in\mathbb R}Z_n(x),\qquad D_n^-=\sup_{x\in\mathbb R}\bigl(-Z_n(x)\bigr),\qquad D_n=\sup_{x\in\mathbb R}|Z_n(x)|.Dn+​=x∈Rsup​Zn​(x),Dn−​=x∈Rsup​(−Zn​(x)),Dn​=x∈Rsup​∣Zn​(x)∣.

In Lean the sample is X : Fin n → Ω → ℝ, independent (iIndepFun X P) with common law μ (HasLaw (X i) μ P), FFF is cdf μ, and the statistics are Dplus μ X, Dminus μ X, Dtwo μ X. The parameter λ\lambdaλ is written l.

The proof works with Smirnov's point probabilities pλ,n(j)=λn (j+λn)j−1(n−j−λn)n−jn−n(nj)p_{\lambda,n}(j)=\lambda\sqrt n\,(j+\lambda\sqrt n)^{j-1}(n-j-\lambda\sqrt n)^{n-j}n^{-n}\binom njpλ,n​(j)=λn​(j+λn​)j−1(n−j−λn​)n−jn−n(jn​), whose sum over 0≤j<n−λn0\le j<n-\lambda\sqrt n0≤j<n−λn​ is P(Dn−>λ)P(D_n^->\lambda)P(Dn−​>λ), with Csáki's density fλ(s)=λ2πs−3/2(1−s)−1/2exp⁡(−λ22s(1−s))f_\lambda(s)=\frac{\lambda}{\sqrt{2\pi}}s^{-3/2}(1-s)^{-1/2}\exp\bigl(-\frac{\lambda^2}{2s(1-s)}\bigr)fλ​(s)=2π​λ​s−3/2(1−s)−1/2exp(−2s(1−s)λ2​) of the first passage of a Brownian bridge at level λ\lambdaλ, and with the ratio Cλ,n=exp⁡(2λ2)P(Dn−>λ)C_{\lambda,n}=\exp(2\lambda^2)P(D_n^->\lambda)Cλ,n​=exp(2λ2)P(Dn−​>λ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and every λ≥log⁡(2)/2∧γn−1/6\lambda\ge\sqrt{\log(2)/2}\wedge\gamma n^{-1/6}λ≥log(2)/2​∧γn−1/6, with γ=1.0841\gamma=1.0841γ=1.0841,

P(Dn−>λ)≤exp⁡(−2λ2).P(D_n^->\lambda)\le\exp(-2\lambda^2).P(Dn−​>λ)≤exp(−2λ2).

Here ∧\wedge∧ is the minimum. The constant 111 in front of the exponential is the point of the theorem; the threshold on λ\lambdaλ is the paper's.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof in the paper's order of attack:

  1. the reduction to the uniform law, and Smirnov's exact formula (2.3);
  2. the identity ∫01fλ=exp⁡(−2λ2)\int_0^1f_\lambda=\exp(-2\lambda^2)∫01​fλ​=exp(−2λ2) (2.4);
  3. the local comparison of pλ,n(j)p_{\lambda,n}(j)pλ,n​(j) with fλf_\lambdafλ​: (2.7), Lemma 2, Claims 1–3, and Proposition 1;
  4. the midpoint bound for log-convex integrands (Lemma 3) and the closed forms of Lemma 4;
  5. the nonasymptotic expansion (2.11), the negativity of its right side ηn\eta_nηn​, and with them Theorem 1 for n≥39n\ge39n≥39, λ≤n/2\lambda\le\sqrt n/2λ≤n​/2;
  6. Proposition 2 on the slope of Cλ,nC_{\lambda,n}Cλ,n​, the crude bounds (2.13)–(2.14), and the finite grid check (2.15) for n≤38n\le38n≤38.

Companions

The equality in law of Dn+D_n^+Dn+​ and Dn−D_n^-Dn−​, Comment 1 ((1.4) whenever exp⁡(−2λ2)≤1/2\exp(-2\lambda^2)\le1/2exp(−2λ2)≤1/2), the reduction P(Dn>λ)≤2P(Dn−>λ)P(D_n>\lambda)\le2P(D_n^->\lambda)P(Dn​>λ)≤2P(Dn−​>λ), and Corollary 1:

P(Dn>λ)≤2exp⁡(−2λ2)(λ>0).P(D_n>\lambda)\le2\exp(-2\lambda^2)\qquad(\lambda>0).P(Dn​>λ)≤2exp(−2λ2)(λ>0).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 and Corollary 1 give non-asymptotic Kolmogorov–Smirnov bands with the asymptotic constants, 111 and 222, which cannot be improved because of the limit laws. Corollary 1 is the form in which the DKW inequality is quoted throughout statistics and learning theory: confidence bands for distribution functions, sample-size calculations for quantile estimation, and as a building block in bandit and empirical-risk analyses. Comment 1 says that the one-sided test is never anti-conservative at levels up to 50%, whatever the sample size.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but not machine-checked. A formal development would give a verified, constant-explicit DKW inequality that downstream statistical results can import as a black box instead of carrying an unspecified CCC. The milestones also produce reusable pieces: Smirnov's exact law of the one-sided statistic, the Brownian-bridge first-passage integral, and a family of explicit elementary inequalities. The proof uses computer-checked numerics ((2.15), Lemma 2, η39\eta_{39}η39​); turning those into checked certificates is part of the work.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to compare the exact sum (2.3) term by term with the integral (2.4). The local comparison P(τn=t)≤1nfλ(t−ε/3)P(\tau_n=t)\le\frac1nf_\lambda(t-\varepsilon/3)P(τn​=t)≤n1​fλ​(t−ε/3) is only nearly true: a corrective factor is needed, and it is largest on the tail, where the crossing time ttt is close to ε=λ/n\varepsilon=\lambda/\sqrt nε=λ/n​. Controlling that factor uniformly in jjj while keeping the leading constant exactly 111 is what forces the delicate constants (θ=0.4833\theta=0.4833θ=0.4833, β=0.826\beta=0.826β=0.826, μ=0.4345\mu=0.4345μ=0.4345, γ=1.0841\gamma=1.0841γ=1.0841). For small nnn the analytic bounds are too weak, and the proof closes the gap with a Lipschitz bound on λ↦Cλ,n\lambda\mapsto C_{\lambda,n}λ↦Cλ,n​ plus a finite numerical check over a grid; neither half suffices alone.

Formalization scope

Conventions:

  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1; the sample is indexed by Fin n; FFF is cdf μ with Continuous (cdf μ) assumed, as in Theorem 1.
  • Probabilities are measures of events in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and are compared with ENNReal.ofReal of the bound. Each supremum defining a statistic is of a function with values in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1], hence a genuine real supremum.
  • pλ,n(j)p_{\lambda,n}(j)pλ,n​(j) uses an integer power at j−1j-1j−1, so that pλ,n(0)=(1−ε)np_{\lambda,n}(0)=(1-\varepsilon)^npλ,n​(0)=(1−ε)n. Cλ,nC_{\lambda,n}Cλ,n​ is defined from the exact formula (2.3); it equals exp⁡(2λ2)P(Dn−>λ)\exp(2\lambda^2)P(D_n^->\lambda)exp(2λ2)P(Dn−​>λ) by the (2.3) milestone, so the analytic milestones carry no probability.
  • Statements that the page gives through derivatives of Cλ,nC_{\lambda,n}Cλ,n​ (Proposition 2(i), (iii)) are stated as monotonicity and as an increment bound, because Cλ,nC_{\lambda,n}Cλ,n​ has kinks.

Additions and corrections relative to the page, each disclosed in its item: the printed slips in (2.1) (range of jjj), (2.8) (swapped numerators) and Proposition 2(i) ("≥0\ge0≥0" for nonincreasing) are corrected; Claim 2 carries the hypothesis ε≤3s′\varepsilon\le3s'ε≤3s′, without which the corrected claim is false; Lemma 3 uses strict inequalities δ<s<1−δ\delta<s<1-\deltaδ<s<1−δ; Comment 1 makes the implicit λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 explicit; (2.14) carries Proposition 2's standing range n≥2n\ge2n≥2, 0<λ<n0<\lambda<\sqrt n0<λ<n​.

The goal does not mention pλ,np_{\lambda,n}pλ,n​, fλf_\lambdafλ​, Cλ,nC_{\lambda,n}Cλ,n​, the case split at n=39n=39n=39, or the computer check; a formalization of the goal through those objects, or with the threshold read as a maximum instead of a minimum, would be a different and weaker statement.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: the empirical process of an i.i.d. sample and its reduction to the uniform law by the probability integral transform; Smirnov's exact one-sided law (a ballot-type combinatorial identity); Gaussian-type integrals on ]0,1[]0,1[]0,1[; elementary but delicate real inequalities; and certified interval arithmetic for the numerical steps. The first two are reusable for any work on empirical processes. Contributions on any milestone are welcome, in particular formal proofs of (2.3), of the numerical steps, and of the companions.

Selected references

  • P. Massart, The tight constant in the Dvoretzky–Kiefer–Wolfowitz inequality, Ann. Probab. 18(3):1269–1283, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176990746
  • A. Dvoretzky, J. Kiefer, J. Wolfowitz, Asymptotic minimax character of the sample distribution function and of the classical multinomial estimator, Ann. Math. Statist. 27:642–669, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728174
  • Z. W. Birnbaum, R. C. McCarty, A distribution-free upper confidence bound for P(Y<X), based on independent samples of X and Y, Ann. Math. Statist. 29:558–562, 1958.
  • N. V. Smirnov, Approximate laws of distribution of random variables from empirical data, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 10:179–206, 1944.
  • E. Csáki, Investigations concerning the empirical distribution function, Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. Közl. 23:239–327, 1974; English translation in Selected Transl. Math. Statist. Probab. 15:229–317, 1981.
  • G. R. Shorack, J. A. Wellner, Empirical Processes with Applications to Statistics, Wiley, 1986.
23 thms2 active usersReviewed
Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Inequalities on Partially Ordered Spaces 2: For a Nondecreasing Sequence in a Partially Ordered Polish Space, Tightness, Weak Convergence and Convergence in Probability Are EquivalentResearch Paper

Motivation

Monotone sequences of random elements arise wherever a quantity can only grow: cumulative work or queue contents under a monotone recursion, the iterates of a monotone operator applied to a random initial state, or the successive approximations produced by coupling constructions in which each stage dominates the previous one. When the values live in a partially ordered space rather than on the real line (vectors with the coordinatewise order, functions with the pointwise order, measures with a stochastic order), the classical fact that a bounded nondecreasing real sequence converges no longer applies directly, and one needs a statement about which modes of convergence are automatic.

Kamae, Krengel and O'Brien answer this in Section 6 of Stochastic Inequalities on Partially Ordered Spaces (Ann. Probab. 5 (1977) 899–912). Their Theorem 6 shows that, for a nondecreasing sequence in a partially ordered Polish space, three modes of convergence that are in general strictly ordered by strength (tightness of the laws, weak convergence of the laws, convergence in probability) coincide, and it identifies exactly when almost sure convergence joins them. The paper announces an application of Theorem 6 to a new pointwise ergodic theorem in a forthcoming paper of Krengel. This mission formalizes Theorem 6 and its proof steps; the source is the published Annals of Probability version, and printed page numbers equal PDF page numbers plus 898.

Setting

Let EEE be a Polish space with metric ddd: a complete separable metric space. It carries a closed partial ordering ≤\le≤, meaning a partial order whose graph {(x,y)∈E×E:x≤y}\{(x,y)\in E\times E : x\le y\}{(x,y)∈E×E:x≤y} is a closed subset of E×EE\times EE×E, and its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra. These are the paper's standing assumptions (Sec. 1, p. 899).

Let (Ω,F,μ)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mu)(Ω,F,μ) be a probability space and X1,X2,⋯:Ω→EX_1,X_2,\dots:\Omega\to EX1​,X2​,⋯:Ω→E measurable maps (random variables) that are nondecreasing: X1(ω)≤X2(ω)≤⋯X_1(\omega)\le X_2(\omega)\le\cdotsX1​(ω)≤X2​(ω)≤⋯ for every ω\omegaω. Write Pi=μ∘Xi−1P_i=\mu\circ X_i^{-1}Pi​=μ∘Xi−1​ for the distribution of XiX_iXi​. The four modes of convergence are:

  1. (i) tightness: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is a compact K⊆EK\subseteq EK⊆E with Pi(K)≥1−εP_i(K)\ge1-\varepsilonPi​(K)≥1−ε for all iii;
  2. (ii) weak convergence: there is a probability measure PPP on EEE with ∫f dPi→∫f dP\int f\,dP_i\to\int f\,dP∫fdPi​→∫fdP for every bounded continuous f:E→Rf:E\to\mathbb Rf:E→R;
  3. (iii) convergence in probability: there is a random variable YYY with μ{d(Xi,Y)≥ε}→0\mu\{d(X_i,Y)\ge\varepsilon\}\to0μ{d(Xi​,Y)≥ε}→0 for all ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0;
  4. (iv) almost sure convergence: Xi(ω)X_i(\omega)Xi​(ω) converges for μ\muμ-almost every ω\omegaω.

The space EEE satisfies condition (17) if for all sequences with xn≤yn≤xn+1x_n\le y_n\le x_{n+1}xn​≤yn​≤xn+1​ for every nnn, xn→zx_n\to zxn​→z implies yn→zy_n\to zyn​→z. In Lean this is Regular17 E, and the modes are LawsTight, LawsConvergeWeakly, ConvergesInProbability and ConvergesAS.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 908)

For every probability space and every nondecreasing sequence X1≤X2≤⋯X_1\le X_2\le\cdotsX1​≤X2​≤⋯ of random variables in EEE,

(i)  ⟺  (ii)  ⟺  (iii),\text{(i)}\iff\text{(ii)}\iff\text{(iii)},(i)⟺(ii)⟺(iii),

and

(17)  ⟺  (for every probability space and every nondecreasing (Xi): (iv)  ⟺  (iii)).\text{(17)}\iff\Bigl(\text{for every probability space and every nondecreasing }(X_i):\ \text{(iv)}\iff\text{(iii)}\Bigr).(17)⟺(for every probability space and every nondecreasing (Xi​): (iv)⟺(iii)).

Milestones

  1. (i) ⇒ (iii) (proof of Theorem 6, p. 908): a nondecreasing sequence with tight laws converges in probability.
  2. (iii) and (17) ⇒ (iv) (pp. 908–909): under (17), a nondecreasing sequence converging in probability to YYY converges to YYY almost surely.
  3. Failure of (17) ⇒ counterexample (p. 909): if (17) fails, some nondecreasing sequence converges in probability to a constant but not almost surely.
  4. The Remarks' example (p. 909): E={(1−1n,0)}∪{(1,0)}∪{(n,1)}⊆R2E=\{(1-\tfrac1n,0)\}\cup\{(1,0)\}\cup\{(n,1)\}\subseteq\mathbb R^2E={(1−n1​,0)}∪{(1,0)}∪{(n,1)}⊆R2 with the linear ordering xn<yn<xn+1<zx_n<y_n<x_{n+1}<zxn​<yn​<xn+1​<z is a Polish space with a closed ordering in which (17) fails.

Significance

The result. Without monotonicity, tightness gives only weakly convergent subsequences (Prokhorov), and weak convergence of laws says nothing about the random variables themselves. Theorem 6 says that order removes both gaps: tightness of the marginal laws of a monotone sequence already produces a limiting random variable, in probability. Its second part gives an intrinsic, checkable criterion on the ordered space, condition (17), for upgrading this to almost sure convergence, and the Remarks show the criterion is not automatic. Coordinatewise-ordered Rd\mathbb R^dRd satisfies (17), so there all four modes coincide for monotone sequences.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper and, to our knowledge, has no machine-checked proof. Mathlib has tightness, Prokhorov's theorem in one direction, weak convergence of probability measures and convergence in measure, but no results relating these modes for order-monotone sequences. The mission produces a formal proof of all four implications and of the characterisation by (17), together with a formally verified example of an ordered Polish space violating (17).

Difficulty

The obvious argument for (i) ⇒ (iii) imitates the real line: on each ω\omegaω the sequence is monotone and lies in a compact set "most of the time", so it should converge. Two things fail. First, the sequence need not stay in one compact set: tightness controls each PiP_iPi​ separately, and a fixed ω\omegaω may leave KKK infinitely often; only the subsequence of visits to KKK is relatively compact. Second, there is no supremum available in a general partial order, so the real-line argument for the existence of a limit has no analogue, and without the closedness of the order the statement is false. Turning the pointwise statement into convergence in probability then requires a uniformity argument across ω\omegaω. For the second part, the natural attempt to pass from a subsequence converging almost surely to the whole sequence fails without (17), which is the content of the counterexample.

Formalization scope

The space EEE carries [MetricSpace E] [CompleteSpace E] [SecondCountableTopology E] [MeasurableSpace E] [BorelSpace E] [PartialOrder E] [OrderClosedTopology E]. Second countability is equivalent to separability for metric spaces, and OrderClosedTopology is exactly a closed partial ordering. The closed order cannot be dropped: (i) ⇒ (iii) fails without it. Conventions committed to:

  • Monotonicity X1≤X2≤⋯X_1\le X_2\le\cdotsX1​≤X2​≤⋯ holds for every ω\omegaω, as printed; an almost sure version is equivalent after modification on a null set.
  • Weak convergence is to a ProbabilityMeasure, stated through integrals of bounded continuous functions (equivalent to Mathlib's topology on probability measures for measurable XiX_iXi​).
  • Convergence in probability is TendstoInMeasure to a measurable limit; the a.s. limit in (iv) need not be measurable.
  • Sequences are indexed from 000; the paper's index nnn is Lean's n−1n-1n−1.
  • In the second part of the goal the quantifier over probability spaces ranges over Type; "(iv) is also equivalent" is encoded as (iv) ⇔ (iii). The quantifier over all probability spaces and all nondecreasing sequences is essential: for one fixed sequence the "only if" direction is false, and fixing Ω\OmegaΩ would make the statement about one space rather than about EEE.
  • The p. 909 proof step says "take any probability space" with suitable events CiC_iCi​; such events do not exist on every probability space, so milestone 3 asserts the existence of a probability space. This is a disclosed imprecision of the printed text and does not change the theorem.
  • In the Remarks' example the space is a type synonym of the subtype of R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R, with the linear order pulled back along an injective rank (not the coordinatewise order). Mathlib's metric on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R is the maximum metric; it induces the same topology and uniformity as the Euclidean metric, which is all the example uses. Completeness, separability and closedness of the order are part of the milestone's conclusion, not assumed.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: no hypothesis forces the sequence to be constant, the modes are not defined in terms of each other, and the second part quantifies over every probability space and sequence.

Reusable infrastructure: the four modes of convergence for random elements of a metric space, and the identification of limits through closed orders. Contributions welcome: proofs of the standard implications (iv) ⇒ (iii) ⇒ (ii) ⇒ (i) in Polish spaces, the milestone proofs, and a proof that coordinatewise Rd\mathbb R^dRd satisfies (17).

Selected references

  • T. Kamae, U. Krengel, G. L. O'Brien, Stochastic Inequalities on Partially Ordered Spaces, The Annals of Probability 5(6), 899–912, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176995659
  • L. Nachbin, Topology and Order, Van Nostrand, 1965 (local convexity of ordered spaces, cited in the Remarks).
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1999 (tightness and weak convergence). https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316962
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Data-Driven Newsvendor Problem: New Bounds and Insights I: The SAA Order Is ε-Optimal with Probability at Least 1 − 2exp(−Nε²min(b,h)/((18 + 8ε)(b + h)))Research Paper

Motivation

The newsvendor problem is the basic model of stocking under uncertain demand: an order quantity is fixed before a random demand is observed, and every unit short or left over is penalized. Its solution is a quantile of the demand distribution. In practice that distribution is unknown and only a sample of past demands is available. The standard remedy, sample average approximation (SAA), replaces the expectation by the empirical average over the sample and orders the corresponding sample quantile. The practical question is how many observations make the SAA order nearly as good as the true optimum, without assuming anything about the demand distribution.

Levi, Roundy and Shmoys (Math. Oper. Res. 32(4), 2007) gave the first distribution-free answer, using Hoeffding's inequality. Levi, Perakis and Uichanco (Oper. Res. 63(6), 2015) improved it with Bernstein's inequality. The improvement matters most when the service level is high, which is the typical case in inventory practice. This mission formalizes that improved bound, Theorem 2 of the 2015 paper.

Setting

A retailer orders q∈Rq\in\mathbb Rq∈R units before a real demand DDD with law μ\muμ and cdf F(q)=Pr⁡(D≤q)F(q)=\Pr(D\le q)F(q)=Pr(D≤q) is realized. Unmet demand costs b>0b>0b>0 per unit (underage cost) and unsold stock costs h>0h>0h>0 per unit (overage cost). The expected cost is

C(q)=E[b(D−q)++h(q−D)+],C(q)=\mathbb E\big[b(D-q)^+ + h(q-D)^+\big],C(q)=E[b(D−q)++h(q−D)+],

which is finite when E∣D∣<∞\mathbb E|D|<\inftyE∣D∣<∞. The critical quantile is q∗=inf⁡{q:F(q)≥b/(b+h)}q^*=\inf\{q:F(q)\ge b/(b+h)\}q∗=inf{q:F(q)≥b/(b+h)}, and it minimizes CCC.

An order qqq is ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal when its relative regret (C(q)−C(q∗))/C(q∗)(C(q)-C(q^*))/C(q^*)(C(q)−C(q∗))/C(q∗) is at most ϵ\epsilonϵ, i.e. C(q)≤(1+ϵ)C(q∗)C(q)\le(1+\epsilon)C(q^*)C(q)≤(1+ϵ)C(q∗). The set of such orders is SϵS_\epsilonSϵ​. The function CCC is convex with one-sided derivatives

∂+C(q)=−b+(b+h)F(q),∂−C(q)=−b+(b+h)Pr⁡(D<q).\partial_+C(q)=-b+(b+h)F(q),\qquad \partial_-C(q)=-b+(b+h)\Pr(D<q).∂+​C(q)=−b+(b+h)F(q),∂−​C(q)=−b+(b+h)Pr(D<q).

The LRS interval is

SϵLRS={q:∂−C(q)≤ϵ3min⁡(b,h) and ∂+C(q)≥−ϵ3min⁡(b,h)}.S^{LRS}_\epsilon=\Big\{q:\partial_-C(q)\le\tfrac\epsilon3\min(b,h)\ \text{and}\ \partial_+C(q)\ge-\tfrac\epsilon3\min(b,h)\Big\}.SϵLRS​={q:∂−​C(q)≤3ϵ​min(b,h) and ∂+​C(q)≥−3ϵ​min(b,h)}.

Given an i.i.d. sample D1,…,DND^1,\dots,D^ND1,…,DN from μ\muμ, the empirical cdf is F^N(q)=1N∑k1[Dk≤q]\hat F_N(q)=\frac1N\sum_k\mathbf 1[D^k\le q]F^N​(q)=N1​∑k​1[Dk≤q], and the SAA solution is the sample quantile

Q^N=inf⁡{q:F^N(q)≥b/(b+h)}.\hat Q_N=\inf\{q:\hat F_N(q)\ge b/(b+h)\}.Q^​N​=inf{q:F^N​(q)≥b/(b+h)}.

It is a random variable through the sample.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (improved LRS bound)

For every demand law with E∣D∣<∞\mathbb E|D|<\inftyE∣D∣<∞, every N≥1N\ge1N≥1 and every 0<ϵ≤10<\epsilon\le10<ϵ≤1,

Pr⁡(Q^N∉Sϵ)≤2exp⁡(−Nϵ218+8ϵ⋅min⁡{b,h}b+h).\Pr\big(\hat Q_N\notin S_\epsilon\big)\le 2\exp\Big(-\frac{N\epsilon^2}{18+8\epsilon}\cdot\frac{\min\{b,h\}}{b+h}\Big).Pr(Q^​N​∈/Sϵ​)≤2exp(−18+8ϵNϵ2​⋅b+hmin{b,h}​).

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. (§2, p. 7) CCC is convex, and its one-sided derivatives are the two formulas above.
  2. (Theorem EC.1) Bernstein's inequality for i.i.d. bounded variables: Pr⁡(1N∑iXi−EX1≥t)≤exp⁡(−Nt2/(2σ2+2tc/3))\Pr\big(\frac1N\sum_iX^i-\mathbb E X^1\ge t\big)\le\exp\big(-Nt^2/(2\sigma^2+2tc/3)\big)Pr(N1​∑i​Xi−EX1≥t)≤exp(−Nt2/(2σ2+2tc/3)).
  3. (Proposition EC.1) For every γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, Pr⁡(∂−C(Q^N)≤γ and ∂+C(Q^N)≥−γ)≥1−2exp⁡(−3Nγ2/(6bh+8γ(b+h)))\Pr\big(\partial_-C(\hat Q_N)\le\gamma\text{ and }\partial_+C(\hat Q_N)\ge-\gamma\big)\ge1-2\exp\big(-3N\gamma^2/(6bh+8\gamma(b+h))\big)Pr(∂−​C(Q^​N​)≤γ and ∂+​C(Q^​N​)≥−γ)≥1−2exp(−3Nγ2/(6bh+8γ(b+h))).
  4. (Display (3)) For 0<ϵ≤10<\epsilon\le10<ϵ≤1, SϵLRS⊆SϵS^{LRS}_\epsilon\subseteq S_\epsilonSϵLRS​⊆Sϵ​.

Significance

The earlier LRS bound has the exponent −29Nϵ2(min⁡{b,h}/(b+h))2-\frac29N\epsilon^2\big(\min\{b,h\}/(b+h)\big)^2−92​Nϵ2(min{b,h}/(b+h))2. Theorem 2 replaces the square by the first power. When the critical ratio b/(b+h)b/(b+h)b/(b+h) approaches 111 (high service levels), min⁡{b,h}/(b+h)\min\{b,h\}/(b+h)min{b,h}/(b+h) is small, and the required sample size drops accordingly. Raising the service level from 95% to 99% multiplies the sample size the LRS bound requires by 25, but the sample size Theorem 2 requires only by 5 (p. 9). The bound holds for every demand distribution, with no density, continuity or support assumption.

The milestones are reusable on their own. One is the one-sided derivative formula for the expected newsvendor cost. Another is Bernstein's inequality for i.i.d. bounded variables, which Mathlib does not have; it has Hoeffding's inequality. The third is a distribution-free concentration statement for sample quantiles. The result is proved in the paper. To our knowledge none of these statements is formalized; this mission produces machine-checked versions.

Difficulty

A Hoeffding-type argument yields only the squared dependence on min⁡{b,h}/(b+h)\min\{b,h\}/(b+h)min{b,h}/(b+h). The improvement needs the variance F(1−F)F(1-F)F(1−F) of the indicator 1[D≤q]\mathbf 1[D\le q]1[D≤q], which is small near extreme quantiles. Bernstein's inequality applies at a fixed point qqq. The sample quantile, however, is random, and FFF can jump. The event that Q^N\hat Q_NQ^​N​ falls left of the target quantile therefore has to be reduced to deviations of F^N\hat F_NF^N​ at deterministic points, with care at atoms of DDD, where ∂+C\partial_+C∂+​C and ∂−C\partial_-C∂−​C differ. The final step from the derivatives to the relative regret requires convexity of CCC and a lower bound on C(q∗)C(q^*)C(q∗) that holds for every distribution.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The demand law is a probability measure μ on ℝ, with no sign restriction (the page's q≥0q\ge0q≥0 plays no role here). FFF is Mathlib's cdf μ, and Pr⁡(D<q)\Pr(D<q)Pr(D<q) is μ (Set.Iio q). The realized cost is the published InventoryControl.newsboyLoss h b q d, and CCC is a Bochner integral. Every statement that evaluates CCC assumes Integrable id μ (E∣D∣<∞\mathbb E|D|<\inftyE∣D∣<∞). This is the standing assumption under which CCC is an expectation. It also rules out the trivializing formalization in which a non-integrable cost integrates to 000 and every order is ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal.
  • Quantiles. q∗q^*q∗ and Q^N\hat Q_NQ^​N​ are infima (sInf) of sets that are nonempty and bounded below under the hypotheses, never argmins or choice functions. The sample is x : Fin N → ℝ under the product measure Measure.pi (fun _ => μ), with N≥1N\ge1N≥1; the indices are 0-based.
  • Probabilities. "With probability at least 1−p1-p1−p" is stated as an upper bound ppp on the outer measure of the failure set.
  • ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimality is the multiplicative form C(q)≤(1+ϵ)C(q∗)C(q)\le(1+\epsilon)C(q^*)C(q)≤(1+ϵ)C(q∗), which avoids dividing by C(q∗)C(q^*)C(q∗).
  • Pinned hypotheses.
    • The goal and milestone 4 are stated for 0<ϵ≤10<\epsilon\le10<ϵ≤1. The paper says "for any ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0", but both statements fail for large ϵ\epsilonϵ. Take b=h=1b=h=1b=h=1, N=1N=1N=1 and D∈{0,M}D\in\{0,M\}D∈{0,M} with Pr⁡(D=M)=0.005\Pr(D=M)=0.005Pr(D=M)=0.005. Then q∗=0q^*=0q∗=0, and the order MMM has relative regret 198198198, yet at ϵ=150\epsilon=150ϵ=150 the bound promises a failure probability of about 1.9⋅10−41.9\cdot10^{-4}1.9⋅10−4.
    • In Theorem EC.1, the centred bound ∣X1−EX1∣≤c|X^1-\mathbb EX^1|\le c∣X1−EX1∣≤c is added to the printed ∣X1∣≤c|X^1|\le c∣X1∣≤c. It holds for the indicators to which the paper applies the inequality.

A complete development needs the following:

  • the one-sided derivatives of a convex integral functional;
  • Bernstein's inequality for product measures;
  • the quantile-to-cdf reduction for the empirical and the true cdf;
  • the convexity estimate behind (3).

The Bernstein inequality and the sample-quantile concentration are useful beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Levi, G. Perakis, J. Uichanco, The Data-Driven Newsvendor Problem: New Bounds and Insights, Operations Research 63(6), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1422. Statements are cited from the authors' accepted manuscript (MIT DSpace), body pp. 7–9 and e-companion pp. ec5–ec6.
  • R. Levi, R. O. Roundy, D. B. Shmoys, Provably Near-Optimal Sampling-Based Policies for Stochastic Inventory Control Models, Mathematics of Operations Research 32(4), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0272
  • S. N. Bernstein, Theory of Probability, Moscow, 1927.
  • P. H. Zipkin, Foundations of Inventory Management, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Subadditive Ergodic Theory 6: The Ulam–Hammersley Constant of the Longest Increasing Subsequence Satisfies (8/π)^{1/2} ≤ c ≤ δ^{1/2} + δ^{−1/2}Research Paper

Motivation

Ulam asked, in the early 1960s, how long the longest increasing subsequence of a random permutation typically is. The question is a test case for a whole class of problems in combinatorial probability: a quantity defined by an optimisation over exponentially many configurations (here, all subsequences) whose typical size has to be found without enumerating them. The same structure appears in last-passage percolation, in the patience-sorting card game, in sequence comparison, and in scheduling problems where the longest chain of a random partial order determines a makespan.

J. F. C. Kingman's IMS Special Invited Paper Subadditive ergodic theory (Ann. Probab. 1 (1973), 883–899) presents Ulam's problem in §2.4 as an application of the subadditive ergodic theorem, following J. M. Hammersley, and then proves explicit bounds on the limiting constant. This mission formalizes those bounds.

Timeline.

  • Ulam (1961) raised the question and conjectured, from simulations, that the typical length grows like a constant times n\sqrt nn​.
  • Erdős and Szekeres (1935) had already shown deterministically that every permutation of nnn elements has an increasing or a decreasing subsequence of length at least n\sqrt nn​.
  • Hammersley (A few seedlings of research, Proc. Sixth Berkeley Symp. 1 (1972), 345–394) proved, by embedding the permutation in a planar Poisson process and applying a subadditivity argument, that n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2 times the length converges in probability to a constant ccc, and showed 12π≤c≤e\tfrac12\pi\le c\le e21​π≤c≤e.
  • Kingman (1973), the paper of this mission, refined the bounds to (8/π)1/2≤c≤δ1/2+δ−1/2(8/\pi)^{1/2}\le c\le\delta^{1/2}+\delta^{-1/2}(8/π)1/2≤c≤δ1/2+δ−1/2, that is 1.59<c<2.491.59<c<2.491.59<c<2.49.
  • Logan and Shepp (1977) and Vershik and Kerov (1977) later identified the constant exactly. That later work is not part of this mission.

Setting

Let Sn\mathcal S_nSn​ be the group of permutations of {1,2,…,n}\{1,2,\dots,n\}{1,2,…,n}. For σ∈Sn\sigma\in\mathcal S_nσ∈Sn​, a sequence of positions 1≤i1<i2<⋯<ik≤n1\le i_1<i_2<\dots<i_k\le n1≤i1​<i2​<⋯<ik​≤n is ascending if σ(i1)<σ(i2)<⋯<σ(ik)\sigma(i_1)<\sigma(i_2)<\dots<\sigma(i_k)σ(i1​)<σ(i2​)<⋯<σ(ik​). The length of the longest ascending sequence, l(σ)l(\sigma)l(σ), is the largest such kkk.

The uniform distribution on Sn\mathcal S_nSn​ gives each of the n!n!n! permutations probability 1/n!1/n!1/n!, so an event A⊆SnA\subseteq\mathcal S_nA⊆Sn​ has probability P{A}=∣A∣/n!P\{A\}=|A|/n!P{A}=∣A∣/n!. Let πn\pi_nπn​ denote a permutation drawn from this distribution. The sequence n−1/2 l(πn)n^{-1/2}\,l(\pi_n)n−1/2l(πn​) converges in probability to a real number ccc if, for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0,

P{∣n−1/2 l(πn)−c∣>ε}→0(n→∞).P\{|n^{-1/2}\,l(\pi_n)-c|>\varepsilon\}\to0\qquad(n\to\infty).P{∣n−1/2l(πn​)−c∣>ε}→0(n→∞).

For integers k≥1k\ge1k≥1, νk(σ)\nu_k(\sigma)νk​(σ) denotes the number of ascending sequences of length kkk in σ\sigmaσ. For 0<α<b0<\alpha<b0<α<b write

E(α,b)=2α+(b−α)log⁡(b−α)−αlog⁡α−blog⁡b,E(\alpha,b)=2\alpha+(b-\alpha)\log(b-\alpha)-\alpha\log\alpha-b\log b ,E(α,b)=2α+(b−α)log(b−α)−αlogα−blogb,

the exponent appearing in Kingman's condition (2.4.8). (The paper calls the second variable β\betaβ; in Lean it is bbb, because β\betaβ also names the constant below.)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8

Let ccc be the limit in probability of n−1/2l(πn)n^{-1/2}l(\pi_n)n−1/2l(πn​). Let δ\deltaδ be the unique positive root of log⁡(1+δ)=2δ/(1+δ)\log(1+\delta)=2\delta/(1+\delta)log(1+δ)=2δ/(1+δ), and β=δ1/2+δ−1/2\beta=\delta^{1/2}+\delta^{-1/2}β=δ1/2+δ−1/2. Then

(8π)1/2≤c≤β(2.4.4)\Big(\frac8\pi\Big)^{1/2}\le c\le\beta \tag{2.4.4}(π8​)1/2≤c≤β(2.4.4)

and hence

1.59<c<2.49.(2.4.5)1.59<c<2.49. \tag{2.4.5}1.59<c<2.49.(2.4.5)

Numerically δ≈3.9216\delta\approx3.9216δ≈3.9216 and β≈2.4853\beta\approx2.4853β≈2.4853. The goal states (2.4.4) and (2.4.5) as printed, together with the existence and uniqueness of δ\deltaδ.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 7 (Hammersley). There is an absolute constant ccc such that n−1/2l(πn)→cn^{-1/2}l(\pi_n)\to cn−1/2l(πn​)→c in probability.
  2. The double integral of the lower-bound argument: ∫0∞ ⁣∫0∞x e−12(x+y)2 dx dy=(π/8)1/2\int_0^\infty\!\int_0^\infty x\,e^{-\frac12(x+y)^2}\,dx\,dy=(\pi/8)^{1/2}∫0∞​∫0∞​xe−21​(x+y)2dxdy=(π/8)1/2.
  3. First moment of ν\nuν: for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, E(νk)=(nk)(k!)−1E(\nu_k)=\binom nk(k!)^{-1}E(νk​)=(kn​)(k!)−1.
  4. Subsequence count: if l(σ)≥kl(\sigma)\ge kl(σ)≥k then νk(σ)≥(l(σ)k)\nu_k(\sigma)\ge\binom{l(\sigma)}kνk​(σ)≥(kl(σ)​).
  5. (2.4.7): for 1≤k≤r1\le k\le r1≤k≤r, P{l(π)≥r}≤(nk)[k!(rk)]−1P\{l(\pi)\ge r\}\le\binom nk\big[k!\binom rk\big]^{-1}P{l(π)≥r}≤(kn​)[k!(kr​)]−1.
  6. (2.4.8): if 0<α<b0<\alpha<b0<α<b and E(α,b)<0E(\alpha,b)<0E(α,b)<0, then P{l(π)≥b n1/2}→0P\{l(\pi)\ge b\,n^{1/2}\}\to0P{l(π)≥bn1/2}→0.
  7. The optimisation: inf⁡{b>0:∃α∈(0,b), E(α,b)<0}=δ1/2+δ−1/2\inf\{b>0:\exists\alpha\in(0,b),\ E(\alpha,b)<0\}=\delta^{1/2}+\delta^{-1/2}inf{b>0:∃α∈(0,b), E(α,b)<0}=δ1/2+δ−1/2.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8 was, at the time, the sharpest rigorous information about Ulam's constant. Its upper bound comes from a first-moment computation that applies to any random structure in which long increasing chains can be counted; the same calculation bounds the longest chain in random partial orders and the height of random kkk-dimensional orders. The lower bound shows that a greedy path through a Poisson process already achieves a positive fraction of the optimum, an argument reused for last-passage percolation models.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the literature; none is open. To the best of our knowledge none of them has been machine-checked. A complete development produces: an exact non-asymptotic tail bound on the longest increasing subsequence ((2.4.7)), useful on its own; a Stirling-type asymptotic for products of binomial coefficients at scale n\sqrt nn​; and, through Theorem 7, a formal existence proof of the Ulam constant. Theorem 7 is the substantial piece: the paper's proof is a sketch through a continuous-parameter subadditive ergodic theorem and a planar Poisson process.

Difficulty

The upper bound needs care with asymptotics: (2.4.7) holds for each nnn, but the passage to (2.4.8) uses Stirling's formula with kkk and rrr integers tending to infinity at rate n\sqrt nn​, and the infimum in milestone 7 is not attained (the admissible set is open), so the argument must produce, for every b>βb>\betab>β, a suitable α\alphaα.

The lower bound is where the obvious approach fails. A first-moment or counting argument gives only upper bounds on lll; a lower bound requires exhibiting long ascending sequences. The paper's argument does this with a greedy path in a planar Poisson process, which is not a statement about uniform permutations and needs the Poissonization of Theorem 7 to transfer back. Proving c≥(8/π)1/2c\ge(8/\pi)^{1/2}c≥(8/π)1/2 directly from the counting definition of lll is not available. Both bounds also need the existence of ccc, which is Theorem 7.

Formalization scope

  • Sn\mathcal S_nSn​ is Equiv.Perm (Fin n); the permutation is named σ\sigmaσ in Lean because π\piπ is Real.pi.
  • l(σ)l(\sigma)l(σ) is the largest cardinality of a finite set of positions on which σ\sigmaσ is strictly increasing; νk(σ)\nu_k(\sigma)νk​(σ) is the number of such sets with exactly kkk elements.
  • Probabilities under the uniform law are proportions ∣A∣/n!|A|/n!∣A∣/n!. Convergence in probability depends only on the law of each πn\pi_nπn​ (the paper notes this on p. 895), so no common probability space is introduced. Time is n∈Nn\in\mathbb Nn∈N, and at n=0n=0n=0 Lean reads l/0l/\sqrt0l/0​ as 000, which does not affect a limit.
  • The constant of Theorem 8 enters as a hypothesis: the goal is stated for every real ccc to which n−1/2l(πn)n^{-1/2}l(\pi_n)n−1/2l(πn​) converges in probability. Such a limit is unique, and Theorem 7 shows it exists. No sign or bound on ccc is assumed. The goal and milestone 7 assert that the positive root δ\deltaδ exists and is unique, so the upper bound cannot hold vacuously for want of a root.
  • The double integral is stated as a value only; the claim that it is the mean of i.i.d. increments of a Poisson greedy path is not formalized.

Needed infrastructure: counting arguments on Finset.powersetCard; Stirling's formula (Mathlib has Stirling.tendsto_stirlingSeq_sqrt_pi); elementary calculus for the root δ\deltaδ; Gaussian-type integrals on the quadrant. Theorem 7 additionally needs Poisson point processes in the plane, which Mathlib lacks, or another route to the existence of the limit. Contributions of that infrastructure are welcome and reusable well beyond this mission. The counting bounds (milestones 3–5) are independent of Theorem 7 and are a natural first target.

Selected references

  • J. F. C. Kingman, Subadditive ergodic theory, Annals of Probability 1(6) (1973), 883–899. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996798
  • J. M. Hammersley, A few seedlings of research, Proc. Sixth Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics and Probability, Vol. 1 (1972), 345–394. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.bsmsp/1200514101
  • S. M. Ulam, Monte Carlo calculations in problems of mathematical physics, in Modern Mathematics for the Engineer, Second Series, McGraw-Hill (1961), 261–281.
  • P. Erdős and G. Szekeres, A combinatorial problem in geometry, Compositio Mathematica 2 (1935), 463–470. http://www.numdam.org/item/CM_1935__2__463_0/
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Subadditive Ergodic Theory 3: A Separable Continuous-Parameter Subadditive Process with E(Ω_I) < ∞ Has x₀ₜ/t → ξ with Probability One and in Mean, E(ξ) = γResearch Paper

Motivation

Many random growth models attach a cost, distance, or accumulated quantity to each time interval. If the quantity over a long interval is at most the sum over two adjacent intervals, it is subadditive. A stable rate over long intervals is useful even when the underlying random system does not have a simple independent-increment description. Kingman's 1973 account places percolation and products of random matrices among the applications of this framework. Its basic theorem treats integer time; the present mission concerns the change to every nonnegative real time. Kingman, §1.1 and §1.4.

The change matters because observing a process at integer times can miss arbitrarily large behavior between observations. Kingman gives a smooth stationary-increment example in Theorem 3 where no prescribed increasing bound eventually controls the values at all real times. Theorem 4 gives a condition that does control this local behavior. These two results together explain why the continuous-time statement needs more than a formal change of index type. Kingman, Theorems 3–4.

Setting

Work on a probability space (S,F,P)(S,\mathcal F,P)(S,F,P). A continuous-parameter subadditive process is a family of real random variables xstx_{st}xst​ indexed by 0≤s<t0\le s<t0≤s<t. It satisfies xsu≤xst+xtux_{su}\le x_{st}+x_{tu}xsu​≤xst​+xtu​ whenever 0≤s<t<u0\le s<t<u0≤s<t<u. Its stationarity says that, for every real shift τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0, the complete shifted family (xs+τ,t+τ)s<t(x_{s+\tau,t+\tau})_{s<t}(xs+τ,t+τ​)s<t​ has the same joint distribution as (xst)s<t(x_{st})_{s<t}(xst​)s<t​. Finally, the mean gt=E(x0t)g_t=E(x_{0t})gt​=E(x0t​) exists as a finite real number for each t>0t>0t>0 and obeys gt≥−Atg_t\ge-Atgt​≥−At for one constant AAA. These are the continuous-time versions of Kingman's conditions S₁, S₂, and S₃. Equality of the law of each individual coordinate would be too weak for S₂. Kingman, pp. 883–884, 887.

For an interval I⊆[0,∞)I\subseteq[0,\infty)I⊆[0,∞), the oscillation is ΩI=sup⁡s<t, s,t∈I∣xst∣\Omega_I=\sup_{s<t,\,s,t\in I}|x_{st}|ΩI​=sups<t,s,t∈I​∣xst​∣. A process has the local oscillation condition when E(ΩI)<∞E(\Omega_I)<\inftyE(ΩI​)<∞ for one nondegenerate interval III. In §1.4 the paper states that this condition then holds on every bounded interval. The quantity γ=inf⁡t>0gt/t\gamma=\inf_{t>0}g_t/tγ=inft>0​gt​/t is the mean growth rate. Kingman, (1.4.1), (1.4.6)–(1.4.7).

The paper also requires separability. Here this means that, outside one probability-zero set, the value at every admissible pair of times can be approached along a sequence from a fixed countable dense set of pairs. It is a condition on how the uncountable family is observed, and it permits discontinuous sample paths. Kingman cites the standard separability convention without defining it in §1.4; the mission makes the convention explicit. Kingman, Theorem 4 and following discussion.

Formalization targets

Theorem 4: convergence at all real times

For a separable process satisfying S₁–S₃ and the local oscillation condition, the target is an integrable real random variable ξ\xiξ such that

x0tt⟶ξalmost surely and in L1(P)(t→∞, t∈R),E(ξ)=γ=inf⁡u>0guu.\frac{x_{0t}}{t}\longrightarrow\xi\quad\text{almost surely and in }L^1(P) \quad(t\to\infty,\ t\in\mathbb R), \qquad E(\xi)=\gamma=\inf_{u>0}\frac{g_u}{u}.tx0t​​⟶ξalmost surely and in L1(P)(t→∞, t∈R),E(ξ)=γ=u>0inf​ugu​​.

The time variable ranges over all real values tending to infinity. The integer-time assertion (1.4.8) is a separate milestone, not the goal. Other milestones identify the deterministic mean rate, extend the oscillation condition to bounded intervals, record the bounds at times between consecutive integers, and state the vanishing of normalized unit-interval oscillation. Each comes from a sentence or display in §1.4. Kingman, Theorem 4 and proof.

Significance

Theorem 4 gives a long-run rate for a broad stationary subadditive family without assuming that its trajectories are continuous or differentiable. Its mean statement identifies the expectation of the random limit with a deterministic infimum of normalized expectations. The paper notes that the usual continuous-time ergodic theorem for additive integral processes is a corollary, because such processes satisfy its oscillation condition. The condition is therefore compatible with familiar additive models while also covering discontinuous subadditive ones. Kingman, p. 890.

The theorem and its argument are known from the paper; this mission asks for a machine-checked development of the stated result. A completed development would provide reusable formal interfaces for joint-law stationarity of an uncountable family, separability, extended-valued oscillations, and almost-sure plus L1L^1L1 limits. The proposed theorem statements compile as open goals; compiling them does not prove them. Kingman, §1.4.

Difficulty

An integer-time subadditive theorem controls x0n/nx_{0n}/nx0n​/n only on its discrete skeleton. It cannot by itself rule out large values of x0t/tx_{0t}/tx0t​/t for times between consecutive integers; Theorem 3 shows that such behavior can occur even with smooth stationary sample paths and finite expectations. A continuous-time result must control local variation as the observation window moves to large times. The uncountable supremum in ΩI\Omega_IΩI​ also needs a genuine extended value and a measurability convention. Kingman, Theorems 3–4.

The paper's displayed assertion (1.4.1), that gt/tg_t/tgt​/t converges as real t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞ under S₁–S₃ alone, needs qualification: a discontinuous additive function can make a deterministic subadditive mean with no such limit. The corresponding milestone includes the finite-oscillation condition assumed by Theorem 4. This correction is disclosed in the theorem's formalization note. Kingman, (1.4.1), (1.4.7).

Formalization scope

Lean indexes the family by R→R→S→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb R\to S\to\mathbb RR→R→S→R and uses only 0≤s<t0\le s<t0≤s<t; values at other pairs carry no meaning. Each valid coordinate is measurable. S₁ is pointwise in the sample point, while S₂ is equality of the probability laws of the complete path before and after every nonnegative real shift. S₃ states integrability of x0tx_{0t}x0t​ for every t>0t>0t>0 and one linear lower bound on its mean. The sample-space type is called SSS so that ΩI\Omega_IΩI​ denotes oscillation without ambiguity.

Oscillation is valued in the extended nonnegative reals. Thus an unbounded supremum is infinite, and the expected-oscillation condition cannot hold because of a default real-supremum value. Separability is the countable graph-approximation condition outside one measurable null set. The premise is finiteness on one closed interval [a,b][a,b][a,b] with 0≤a<b0\le a<b0≤a<b; the propagation milestone covers bounded intervals with either choice of endpoints. The limit in Theorem 4 uses the filter at infinity on real time. Its almost-sure convergence and convergence in mean are separate clauses, and ξ\xiξ is integrable. No continuity of paths, ergodicity, or independence is assumed.

A complete proof may build on Mathlib's measure theory, filters, Borel–Cantelli lemmas, and real analysis. The process and oscillation definitions, along with the finite-oscillation and skeleton statements, are reusable beyond this particular theorem. Contributions that establish these interfaces and the named intermediate statements are within scope. A statement limited to integer times, a marginal-only version of stationarity, or a real supremum that returns a default value on an unbounded set would not express this target.

Selected references

  • J. F. C. Kingman, Subadditive ergodic theory, The Annals of Probability 1(6):883–899, 1973. DOI: 10.1214/aop/1176996798.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsMarkov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Generalized “Birth-and-Death” Process 2: For Constant Rates λ₀ ≤ μ₀ the Cumulative Population M_∞ Has Law Q_M = ((λ₀+μ₀)/2λ₀)(2M)! x^M/(2^{2M}(M!)²(2M−1))Research Paper

Motivation

A birth-and-death process describes a population in which each individual independently gives birth and dies at given rates. Kendall's 1948 paper (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177730285) solved the process with arbitrary time-dependent rates and, in its §4, introduced a second random variable alongside the population size: the cumulative population MtM_tMt​, the number of individuals that have ever been alive up to time ttt. Kendall gives two readings. If ntn_tnt​ is the number of current cases of a disease, MtM_tMt​ is the total number of cases recorded so far, and for an epidemic that is almost certain to die out, M∞M_\inftyM∞​ measures its overall severity. If ntn_tnt​ is the viable count of a bacterial population, MtM_tMt​ is the total count, in which living and dead organisms are not distinguished.

The question of this mission is the exact distribution of M∞M_\inftyM∞​ for the simplest transient process, with constant rates. Kendall answers it in §5 by solving a first-order partial differential equation for the joint generating function of (nt,Mt)(n_t, M_t)(nt​,Mt​). The resulting law involves central binomial coefficients, the same numbers that count the total progeny of a critical binary branching process.

Setting

Let λ0>0\lambda_0 > 0λ0​>0 and μ0>0\mu_0 > 0μ0​>0 be constants. In the simple birth-and-death process with these rates, a population of size nnn moves to n+1n + 1n+1 at rate λ0n\lambda_0 nλ0​n and to n−1n - 1n−1 at rate μ0n\mu_0 nμ0​n. It starts from one ancestor, n0=1n_0 = 1n0​=1. The cumulative population MtM_tMt​ starts at M0=n0=1M_0 = n_0 = 1M0​=n0​=1 and shares all the positive jumps of ntn_tnt​, so it never decreases. The process is transient (dies out with probability one) when λ0≤μ0\lambda_0 \le \mu_0λ0​≤μ0​.

Write Pn,M(t)P_{n,M}(t)Pn,M​(t) for the joint law of (nt,Mt)(n_t, M_t)(nt​,Mt​) and

ψ(z,w,t)=∑n=0∞∑M=0∞Pn,M(t) znwM\psi(z, w, t) = \sum_{n=0}^\infty\sum_{M=0}^\infty P_{n,M}(t)\,z^n w^Mψ(z,w,t)=n=0∑∞​M=0∑∞​Pn,M​(t)znwM

for its generating function (30). Kendall shows that ψ\psiψ satisfies

∂ψ∂t={λ0wz2−(λ0+μ0)z+μ0}∂ψ∂z,ψ(z,w,0)=zw,(31–32)\frac{\partial\psi}{\partial t} = \{\lambda_0 w z^2 - (\lambda_0 + \mu_0) z + \mu_0\}\frac{\partial\psi}{\partial z}, \qquad \psi(z, w, 0) = zw, \tag{31–32}∂t∂ψ​={λ0​wz2−(λ0​+μ0​)z+μ0​}∂z∂ψ​,ψ(z,w,0)=zw,(31–32)

and solves it with the roots α<β\alpha < \betaα<β of the quadratic (49), λ0wz2−(λ0+μ0)z+μ0=0\lambda_0 w z^2 - (\lambda_0 + \mu_0) z + \mu_0 = 0λ0​wz2−(λ0​+μ0​)z+μ0​=0:

ψ(z,w,t)=w α(β−z)+β(z−α)e−λ0w(β−α)t(β−z)+(z−α)e−λ0w(β−α)t.(50)\psi(z, w, t) = w\,\frac{\alpha(\beta - z) + \beta(z - \alpha)e^{-\lambda_0 w(\beta - \alpha)t}}{(\beta - z) + (z - \alpha)e^{-\lambda_0 w(\beta - \alpha)t}}. \tag{50}ψ(z,w,t)=w(β−z)+(z−α)e−λ0​w(β−α)tα(β−z)+β(z−α)e−λ0​w(β−α)t​.(50)

Setting z=1z = 1z=1 forgets ntn_tnt​, so ψ(1,w,t)\psi(1, w, t)ψ(1,w,t) generates the law of MtM_tMt​. Finally

x=4λ0μ0(λ0+μ0)2,QM=λ0+μ02λ0 (2M)!22M(M!)2 xM2M−1(M=1,2,3,… ).(52–53)x = \frac{4\lambda_0\mu_0}{(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)^2}, \qquad Q_M = \frac{\lambda_0 + \mu_0}{2\lambda_0}\,\frac{(2M)!}{2^{2M}(M!)^2}\,\frac{x^M}{2M - 1}\quad(M = 1, 2, 3, \dots). \tag{52–53}x=(λ0​+μ0​)24λ0​μ0​​,QM​=2λ0​λ0​+μ0​​22M(M!)2(2M)!​2M−1xM​(M=1,2,3,…).(52–53)

The Lean names are disc, alpha, beta, psi, x, Q and SolvesPDE, in the namespace KendallBD.Cumul.

Formalization targets

Goal: the law of the cumulative population (§5, (50)–(53), p. 11)

For 0<λ0≤μ00 < \lambda_0 \le \mu_00<λ0​≤μ0​:

  1. for every w∈(0,1)w \in (0, 1)w∈(0,1), ψ\psiψ of (50) satisfies (31) at every z∈[0,1]z \in [0, 1]z∈[0,1], t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, and ψ(z,w,0)=zw\psi(z, w, 0) = zwψ(z,w,0)=zw;
  2. for every w∈(0,1)w \in (0, 1)w∈(0,1),
lim⁡t→∞ψ(1,w,t)=∑M≥1QMwM;\lim_{t\to\infty}\psi(1, w, t) = \sum_{M \ge 1} Q_M w^M;t→∞lim​ψ(1,w,t)=M≥1∑​QM​wM;
  1. QM≥0Q_M \ge 0QM​≥0 and ∑M≥1QM=1\sum_{M\ge1} Q_M = 1∑M≥1​QM​=1.

Milestones (pp. 10–11)

  • (49): for 0<w<10 < w < 10<w<1 the roots satisfy 0<α<1<β0 < \alpha < 1 < \beta0<α<1<β.
  • (50): ψ\psiψ solves (31) with the boundary condition (32).
  • (51): ψ(1,w,∞)=wα=[λ0+μ0−(λ0+μ0)2−4λ0μ0w]/(2λ0)\psi(1, w, \infty) = w\alpha = [\lambda_0 + \mu_0 - \sqrt{(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)^2 - 4\lambda_0\mu_0 w}]/(2\lambda_0)ψ(1,w,∞)=wα=[λ0​+μ0​−(λ0​+μ0​)2−4λ0​μ0​w​]/(2λ0​).

Companions

  • (54): (Q1,Q2,Q3,Q4)=μ0λ0+μ0(1,14x,18x2,564x3)(Q_1, Q_2, Q_3, Q_4) = \frac{\mu_0}{\lambda_0 + \mu_0}(1, \frac14 x, \frac18 x^2, \frac{5}{64}x^3)(Q1​,Q2​,Q3​,Q4​)=λ0​+μ0​μ0​​(1,41​x,81​x2,645​x3).
  • (48): for λ0<μ0\lambda_0 < \mu_0λ0​<μ0​ the law has mean μ0/(μ0−λ0)\mu_0/(\mu_0 - \lambda_0)μ0​/(μ0​−λ0​) and variance λ0μ0(λ0+μ0)/(μ0−λ0)3\lambda_0\mu_0(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)/(\mu_0 - \lambda_0)^3λ0​μ0​(λ0​+μ0​)/(μ0​−λ0​)3.
  • The balanced case λ0=μ0\lambda_0 = \mu_0λ0​=μ0​: x=1x = 1x=1, QMQ_MQM​ decays like M−3/2M^{-3/2}M−3/2, and the mean of M∞M_\inftyM∞​ is infinite.

Significance

The result. The law (52) gives the full distribution of the total size of a transient linear birth-and-death population, not only its moments: the probability Q1=μ0/(λ0+μ0)Q_1 = \mu_0/(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)Q1​=μ0​/(λ0​+μ0​) that the ancestor dies childless, the tail behaviour, and the dichotomy between the subcritical case (finite mean μ0/(μ0−λ0)\mu_0/(\mu_0 - \lambda_0)μ0​/(μ0​−λ0​), geometric-type tail with ratio x<1x < 1x<1) and the critical case (heavy M−3/2M^{-3/2}M−3/2 tail, infinite mean). In the epidemic reading this is the distribution of the final size of a minor outbreak; it is also the total-progeny law of the embedded binary Galton–Watson tree (Harris 1963).

Formalizing it. The result is classical and proved, but it is not formalized anywhere known to this mission. A formal proof would combine three separate pieces: the explicit solution of a first-order PDE by characteristics, checked as a classical solution on the region where a probability generating function lives; a limit t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ that selects one root of a quadratic; and the binomial series of 1−1−y1 - \sqrt{1 - y}1−1−y​ together with its boundary value at y=1y = 1y=1. The companions make the moments (48), which §4 derives by a separate route, a consequence of the law.

Difficulty

Checking that (50) satisfies (31) is calculus once the derivatives exist. The obstacles are elsewhere. First, the roots must be ordered as 0<α<1<β0 < \alpha < 1 < \beta0<α<1<β, which fails at w=1w = 1w=1 when λ0<μ0\lambda_0 < \mu_0λ0​<μ0​ (the roots are then 111 and μ0/λ0\mu_0/\lambda_0μ0​/λ0​): every statement about α\alphaα, β\betaβ, ψ\psiψ has to be made for 0<w<10 < w < 10<w<1, and the law is identified from the power series on that interval. Second, the normalization ∑QM=1\sum Q_M = 1∑QM​=1 is a statement at the boundary y=xw=xy = xw = xy=xw=x of the series for 1−1−y1 - \sqrt{1 - y}1−1−y​; at λ0=μ0\lambda_0 = \mu_0λ0​=μ0​ this is y=1y = 1y=1, the edge of the disc of convergence, where convergence of the series is not automatic and where the value 1−x=(μ0−λ0)/(λ0+μ0)\sqrt{1 - x} = (\mu_0 - \lambda_0)/(\lambda_0 + \mu_0)1−x​=(μ0​−λ0​)/(λ0​+μ0​) uses λ0≤μ0\lambda_0 \le \mu_0λ0​≤μ0​. For λ0>μ0\lambda_0 > \mu_0λ0​>μ0​ the same series sums to μ0/λ0<1\mu_0/\lambda_0 < 1μ0​/λ0​<1, so the hypothesis is essential. Third, the asymptotic M−3/2M^{-3/2}M−3/2 in the balanced case needs the asymptotics of central binomial coefficients.

Formalization scope

All objects are real functions; the process and the joint law Pn,M(t)P_{n,M}(t)Pn,M​(t) are not constructed, exactly as in the paper. "The law of M∞M_\inftyM∞​" is read, as on p. 11, as the coefficients of the generating function lim⁡t→∞ψ(1,w,t)\lim_{t\to\infty}\psi(1, w, t)limt→∞​ψ(1,w,t), and ψ\psiψ is tied to the process through the equation (31) and the boundary condition (32). The committed conventions are:

  • constant rates 0<λ0≤μ00 < \lambda_0 \le \mu_00<λ0​≤μ0​ (strict λ0<μ0\lambda_0 < \mu_0λ0​<μ0​ for the moment companion, λ0=μ0\lambda_0 = \mu_0λ0​=μ0​ for the balanced companion);
  • α\alphaα and β\betaβ are given by the quadratic formula, α\alphaα with the minus sign, Real.sqrt the nonnegative root;
  • statements about α\alphaα, β\betaβ, ψ\psiψ hold for w∈(0,1)w \in (0, 1)w∈(0,1); (31) is asserted for z∈[0,1]z \in [0, 1]z∈[0,1], t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, and the boundary condition for every real zzz;
  • (31) is SolvesPDE: both partial derivatives exist as HasDerivAt facts and satisfy the equation, never an equation between deriv values;
  • Q0=0Q_0 = 0Q0​=0 (since M∞≥M0=1M_\infty \ge M_0 = 1M∞​≥M0​=1), and QMQ_MQM​ keeps the printed shape (2M)!/(22M(M!)2)(2M)!/(2^{2M}(M!)^2)(2M)!/(22M(M!)2) with 2M−12M - 12M−1 in the reals;
  • "infinite mean" is non-summability of ∑MQM\sum M Q_M∑MQM​; the variance is stated through the second moment.

A goal that only asserted the power series identity 1−1−y=∑M≥1(2M)!22M(M!)2(2M−1)yM1 - \sqrt{1 - y} = \sum_{M\ge1}\frac{(2M)!}{2^{2M}(M!)^2(2M-1)}y^M1−1−y​=∑M≥1​22M(M!)2(2M−1)(2M)!​yM would be a different and easier theorem with no birth-and-death content; the goal therefore ties QMQ_MQM​ to ψ\psiψ of (50) and ψ\psiψ to the equation (31)–(32).

A complete development needs the binomial series for 1−y\sqrt{1 - y}1−y​ with real coefficients (Mathlib has Nat.centralBinom and general binomial series, and the platform has the generating function of the central binomial coefficients as a proof tool), the boundary behaviour of a power series with nonnegative coefficients, and Stirling-type asymptotics of (2MM)4−M\binom{2M}{M}4^{-M}(M2M​)4−M. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions proving any milestone or companion, or the series lemma on its own, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. G. Kendall, On the generalized "birth-and-death" process, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 19(1):1–15, 1948. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177730285
  • T. E. Harris, The Theory of Branching Processes, Springer, 1963. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-51866-9
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisHarmonic Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Distribution Function Inequalities for Martingales 1: The Square Function and the Martingale Have Equivalent L^p Norms for 1 < p < ∞Research Paper

Why the square function of a martingale matters

A martingale f=(f1,f2,… )f = (f_1, f_2, \dots)f=(f1​,f2​,…) is a sum fn=d1+⋯+dnf_n = d_1 + \cdots + d_nfn​=d1​+⋯+dn​ of increments that are uncorrelated with the past. For sums of independent random variables, sizes are compared through the sum of squares of the summands; for martingales the corresponding object is the square function

S(f)=(∑k=1∞dk2)1/2.S(f) = \Bigl(\sum_{k=1}^\infty d_k^2\Bigr)^{1/2}.S(f)=(k=1∑∞​dk2​)1/2.

Comparing the size of fff with the size of S(f)S(f)S(f) is one of the basic tools of probability and of harmonic analysis: it underlies Khintchine-type inequalities, the LpL^pLp theory of martingale transforms, the Littlewood–Paley theory of dyadic and Fourier series, and the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequalities used throughout stochastic calculus.

Timeline. Paley (1932) proved LpL^pLp bounds for the square function of Walsh–Paley series, the dyadic model case. Marcinkiewicz and Zygmund (1937–38) proved the analogous inequalities for sums of independent mean-zero random variables. Burkholder (1966, Ann. Math. Statist. 37) proved them for general martingales, 1<p<∞1 < p < \infty1<p<∞, together with the weak-type (1,1)(1,1)(1,1) bound for S(f)S(f)S(f). Burkholder and Gundy (1970) extended the comparison to functions Φ\PhiΦ of moderate growth by distribution function ("good-λ\lambdaλ") inequalities, and Davis (1970) settled p=1p = 1p=1 for f∗=sup⁡n∣fn∣f^* = \sup_n |f_n|f∗=supn​∣fn​∣. The 1973 Wald lectures formalized here re-derive the 1<p<∞1 < p < \infty1<p<∞ inequality from one elementary stopping-time identity (Lemma 2.1), with explicit constants.

Setting

Let (Ω,A,P)(\Omega, \mathcal A, P)(Ω,A,P) be a probability space and A0⊆A1⊆⋯\mathcal A_0 \subseteq \mathcal A_1 \subseteq \cdotsA0​⊆A1​⊆⋯ sub-σ\sigmaσ-fields of A\mathcal AA. A martingale relative to A1,A2,…\mathcal A_1, \mathcal A_2, \dotsA1​,A2​,… is a sequence of integrable random variables fnf_nfn​, with fnf_nfn​ An\mathcal A_nAn​-measurable and E(fn+1∣An)=fnE(f_{n+1} \mid \mathcal A_n) = f_nE(fn+1​∣An​)=fn​; a submartingale has ≥\ge≥ in place of ===.

With the convention f0=0f_0 = 0f0​=0, the difference sequence is dk=fk−fk−1d_k = f_k - f_{k-1}dk​=fk​−fk−1​ (so d1=f1d_1 = f_1d1​=f1​). Write

  • Sn(f)=(∑k=1ndk2)1/2S_n(f) = (\sum_{k=1}^n d_k^2)^{1/2}Sn​(f)=(∑k=1n​dk2​)1/2 and S(f)=sup⁡nSn(f)∈[0,∞]S(f) = \sup_n S_n(f) \in [0, \infty]S(f)=supn​Sn​(f)∈[0,∞];
  • fn∗=max⁡1≤k≤n∣fk∣f_n^* = \max_{1\le k\le n} |f_k|fn∗​=max1≤k≤n​∣fk​∣ and f∗=sup⁡n∣fn∣f^* = \sup_n |f_n|f∗=supn​∣fn​∣;
  • ∥Y∥p=(E∣Y∣p)1/p\|Y\|_p = (E|Y|^p)^{1/p}∥Y∥p​=(E∣Y∣p)1/p for a random variable YYY, and ∥f∥p=sup⁡n≥1∥fn∥p\|f\|_p = \sup_{n\ge1} \|f_n\|_p∥f∥p​=supn≥1​∥fn​∥p​ for the process. The process is LpL^pLp-bounded when ∥f∥p<∞\|f\|_p < \infty∥f∥p​<∞.

For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 the exit time μ=inf⁡{n≥1:∣fn∣>λ}\mu = \inf\{n \ge 1 : |f_n| > \lambda\}μ=inf{n≥1:∣fn​∣>λ} (with inf⁡∅=∞\inf\emptyset = \inftyinf∅=∞) is a stopping time; fμf_\mufμ​, fμ−1f_{\mu-1}fμ−1​, Sμ−1(f)S_{\mu-1}(f)Sμ−1​(f) denote evaluation at the random index, with f∞=lim⁡nfnf_\infty = \lim_n f_nf∞​=limn​fn​ and S∞(f)=S(f)S_\infty(f) = S(f)S∞​(f)=S(f).

In Lean these are dseq, sqFnN, sqFn, maxFnN, lpNormE, pNorm, exitTime, valAt and sqFnAt in the namespace BurkholderDFI.SquareFnLp.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

For each 1<p<∞1 < p < \infty1<p<∞ there are positive constants cp,Cpc_p, C_pcp​,Cp​, depending only on ppp, such that every martingale satisfies

cp∥S(f)∥p≤∥f∥p≤Cp∥S(f)∥p.c_p \|S(f)\|_p \le \|f\|_p \le C_p \|S(f)\|_p .cp​∥S(f)∥p​≤∥f∥p​≤Cp​∥S(f)∥p​.

The goal asserts only existence of the constants, so that it does not depend on the particular numbers the paper's proof produces.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Doob's maximal inequality (1.1): λP(fn∗>λ)≤∫{fn∗>λ}∣fn∣≤∥f∥1\lambda P(f_n^* > \lambda) \le \int_{\{f_n^*>\lambda\}} |f_n| \le \|f\|_1λP(fn∗​>λ)≤∫{fn∗​>λ}​∣fn​∣≤∥f∥1​.
  2. Doob's facts (§1): an L1L^1L1-bounded martingale or nonnegative submartingale converges a.e., and ∥fμ∥1≤∥f∥1\|f_\mu\|_1 \le \|f\|_1∥fμ​∥1​≤∥f∥1​ for every stopping time μ\muμ.
  3. The classical extrapolation (1.2)–(1.3): λP(Y>βλ)≤α∫{Y>λ}X\lambda P(Y > \beta\lambda) \le \alpha\int_{\{Y>\lambda\}} XλP(Y>βλ)≤α∫{Y>λ}​X for all λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 implies ∥Y∥p≤αβpq∥X∥p\|Y\|_p \le \alpha\beta^p q \|X\|_p∥Y∥p​≤αβpq∥X∥p​.
  4. Lemma 2.1: ∥Sμ−1(f)∥22+∥fμ−1∥22≤2Efμfμ−1≤2λ∥f∥1\|S_{\mu-1}(f)\|_2^2 + \|f_{\mu-1}\|_2^2 \le 2E f_\mu f_{\mu-1} \le 2\lambda\|f\|_1∥Sμ−1​(f)∥22​+∥fμ−1​∥22​≤2Efμ​fμ−1​≤2λ∥f∥1​, with equality on the left for martingales.
  5. Theorem 3.1: λP(S(f)>λ)≤3∥f∥1\lambda P(S(f) > \lambda) \le 3\|f\|_1λP(S(f)>λ)≤3∥f∥1​.
  6. Lemma 3.1, (3.4) and (3.5): for nonnegative submartingales, ∥Sn(f)∥p≤9p1/2q∥fn∥p\|S_n(f)\|_p \le 9p^{1/2}q\|f_n\|_p∥Sn​(f)∥p​≤9p1/2q∥fn​∥p​.
  7. (3.7): for martingales, ∥Sn(f)∥p≤18p1/2q∥fn∥p\|S_n(f)\|_p \le 18 p^{1/2} q \|f_n\|_p∥Sn​(f)∥p​≤18p1/2q∥fn​∥p​.
  8. The duality bound: ∥fn∥p≤18q1/2p∥Sn(f)∥p\|f_n\|_p \le 18 q^{1/2} p \|S_n(f)\|_p∥fn​∥p​≤18q1/2p∥Sn​(f)∥p​.

Here qqq is the conjugate exponent, p−1+q−1=1p^{-1} + q^{-1} = 1p−1+q−1=1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 says that a martingale is bounded in LpL^pLp exactly when its square function lies in LpL^pLp, with comparable norms. It reduces questions about fff, whose increments interact, to questions about ∑dk2\sum d_k^2∑dk2​, a sum of nonnegative terms. Immediate consequences include the LpL^pLp boundedness of martingale transforms ∑vkdk\sum v_k d_k∑vk​dk​ with ∣vk∣≤1|v_k| \le 1∣vk​∣≤1 (unconditionality of martingale differences in LpL^pLp), Marcinkiewicz–Zygmund and Khintchine inequalities, and, by passing through dyadic martingales, Littlewood–Paley inequalities. Theorem 3.1 is the endpoint estimate: at p=1p = 1p=1 the strong inequality fails, and weak type (1,1)(1,1)(1,1) is what survives.

The formalization. The theorem is classical and proved; the remaining work is to machine-check it. Mathlib at the pinned revision contains no square function inequality for martingales (no occurrence of Burkholder's inequality or of a martingale square function in Mathlib/Probability); it has Doob's maximal inequality for nonnegative submartingales, optional stopping, and a.e. convergence of L1L^1L1-bounded submartingales. The mission would add the stopping-time identity of Lemma 2.1, the weak-type bound with constant 3, the explicit LpL^pLp constants 18p1/2q18 p^{1/2} q18p1/2q and 18q1/2p18 q^{1/2} p18q1/2p, and the general extrapolation lemma (1.3), each reusable on its own.

Difficulty

The obvious route, expanding ESn(f)2=Efn2E S_n(f)^2 = E f_n^2ESn​(f)2=Efn2​ by orthogonality, works only at p=2p = 2p=2. For p≠2p \ne 2p=2 no such identity exists, and interpolation from p=2p = 2p=2 needs an endpoint estimate that is itself the hard part: S(f)S(f)S(f) is not bounded on L1L^1L1. The paper obtains the endpoint from Lemma 2.1, whose content is an exact computation at the random time μ\muμ; turning it into rigorous Lean requires handling evaluation at μ=∞\mu = \inftyμ=∞ (where the a.e. limit f∞f_\inftyf∞​ enters), passage to the limit n→∞n \to \inftyn→∞ in stopped identities with only L1L^1L1 control, and integrability of the products fμfμ−1f_\mu f_{\mu-1}fμ​fμ−1​. The upper bound is not a formal consequence of the lower one at the same exponent: it requires passing to the conjugate exponent qqq.

Formalization scope

  • Processes are f : ℕ → Ω → ℝ; martingales and submartingales are Mathlib's Martingale f ℱ P / Submartingale f ℱ P for a filtration ℱ : Filtration ℕ _ with ℱ k =Ak= \mathcal A_k=Ak​. The paper's f0=0f_0 = 0f0​=0 is built into every definition, which never reads Lean's f 0. Mathlib additionally relates f 0 to f1f_1f1​; this is no restriction, since any martingale relative to A1,A2,…\mathcal A_1, \mathcal A_2, \dotsA1​,A2​,… extends by f0:=E(f1∣A0)f_0 := E(f_1 \mid \mathcal A_0)f0​:=E(f1​∣A0​).
  • "Nonnegative submartingale" means fn≥0f_n \ge 0fn​≥0 almost everywhere for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1.
  • S(f)S(f)S(f), f∗f^*f∗, ∥⋅∥p\|\cdot\|_p∥⋅∥p​ and ∥f∥p\|f\|_p∥f∥p​ take values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. Neither ∥f∥p\|f\|_p∥f∥p​ nor ∥S(f)∥p\|S(f)\|_p∥S(f)∥p​ is assumed finite in Theorem 3.2, which therefore also asserts that one is infinite exactly when the other is. In Theorem 3.1, ∥f∥1=∞\|f\|_1 = \infty∥f∥1​=∞ makes the bound trivial, matching the paper's "we may assume that fff is L1L^1L1-bounded".
  • The constants of Theorem 3.2 are quantified before the probability space, the filtration and the martingale. A formalization in which cp,Cpc_p, C_pcp​,Cp​ may depend on fff (for instance Cp=∥f∥p/∥S(f)∥pC_p = \|f\|_p / \|S(f)\|_pCp​=∥f∥p​/∥S(f)∥p​) would be trivially true and is excluded by this quantifier order; so is assuming finiteness of either side.
  • The a.e. limit f∞f_\inftyf∞​ is a parameter of Lemma 2.1 together with the hypothesis that fn→f∞f_n \to f_\inftyfn​→f∞​ a.e.; Doob's §1 facts assert that such a limit exists.
  • Probability spaces live in Type (universe 0).
  • The asymptotic remark after Theorem 3.2 (cp−1=O(p1/2q)c_p^{-1} = O(p^{1/2}q)cp−1​=O(p1/2q), Cp=O(q1/2p)C_p = O(q^{1/2}p)Cp​=O(q1/2p)) is not formalized; the explicit constants it summarizes are milestones 7 and 8.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs and that is reusable beyond this mission: evaluation of a process at an N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued stopping time, the layer-cake formula ∥Y∥pp=∫0∞pλp−1P(Y>λ) dλ\|Y\|_p^p = \int_0^\infty p\lambda^{p-1} P(Y > \lambda)\, d\lambda∥Y∥pp​=∫0∞​pλp−1P(Y>λ)dλ for [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued YYY, and conditional-expectation martingales E(g∣Ak)E(g \mid \mathcal A_k)E(g∣Ak​) with their difference sequences. Proofs of any milestone, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. L. Burkholder, Distribution function inequalities for martingales, Ann. Probability 1 (1973), 19–42. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176997023
  • D. L. Burkholder, Martingale transforms, Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966), 1494–1504. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699141
  • D. L. Burkholder and R. F. Gundy, Extrapolation and interpolation of quasi-linear operators on martingales, Acta Math. 124 (1970), 249–304. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02394573
  • B. Davis, On the integrability of the martingale square function, Israel J. Math. 8 (1970), 187–190. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02771313
  • J. L. Doob, Stochastic Processes, Wiley, New York, 1953.
  • R. E. A. C. Paley, A remarkable series of orthogonal functions (I), Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 34 (1932), 241–264. https://doi.org/10.1112/plms/s2-34.1.241
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Backward-Forward Stochastic Differential Equations 1: A Backward Equation Driven by a Bounded-Variation Integrator Has a Unique Adapted Solution in L¹(μ) Under Integrability AloneResearch Paper

Motivation

Backward stochastic differential equations (BSDEs) prescribe a process by its terminal value rather than its initial value: the unknown VVV must be adapted to the information flow, yet must reach a given random variable YYY at the horizon TTT. They arise in mathematical finance (pricing and hedging, where YYY is a contingent claim), in stochastic control (adjoint equations of the stochastic maximum principle) and in economics, where the stochastic differential utility of Duffie and Epstein (1992) defines the utility of a consumption stream as the solution of a backward equation.

Timeline:

  • 1990. Pardoux and Peng prove existence and uniqueness of adapted solutions for Lipschitz BSDEs driven by a Brownian motion, with square-integrable data (doi:10.1016/0167-6911(90)90082-6).
  • 1992. Duffie and Epstein introduce stochastic differential utility and state a conjecture on the well-posedness of the defining backward equation under LpL^pLp integrability (doi:10.2307/2951600).
  • 1993. Antonelli treats the backward equation with a general bounded-variation integrator AAA in place of dtdtdt, under integrability alone, and answers the Duffie–Epstein question for p=1p=1p=1 (doi:10.1214/aoap/1177005363). This mission formalizes that result, §2 of the paper.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,(Ft)0≤t≤T,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,(\mathcal F_t)_{0\le t\le T},P)(Ω,F,(Ft​)0≤t≤T​,P) be a complete filtered probability space satisfying the usual hypotheses: the filtration is right-continuous and F0\mathcal F_0F0​ contains every PPP-null set. Let AAA be an adapted process with right-continuous paths of bounded variation, A0=0A_0=0A0​=0, whose total variation process ∣A∣t|A|_t∣A∣t​ satisfies ∣A∣T≤β|A|_T\le\beta∣A∣T​≤β for a constant β>0\beta>0β>0. Integrals ∫sthr dAr\int_s^t h_r\,dA_r∫st​hr​dAr​ are pathwise Lebesgue–Stieltjes integrals over (s,t](s,t](s,t].

The Doléans–Dade measure μ\muμ of ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ is the finite measure on [0,T]×Ω[0,T]\times\Omega[0,T]×Ω with

∫X dμ=E(∫0TXs ∣dAs∣),\int X\,d\mu=E\Big(\int_0^T X_s\,|dA_s|\Big),∫Xdμ=E(∫0T​Xs​∣dAs​∣),

and L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ) is the space of jointly measurable processes VVV with ∥V∥L1(μ)=E(∫0T∣Vt∣ ∣dAt∣)<+∞\|V\|_{L^1(\mu)}=E\big(\int_0^T|V_t|\,|dA_t|\big)<+\infty∥V∥L1(μ)​=E(∫0T​∣Vt​∣∣dAt​∣)<+∞.

The data are a driver gs(ω,u)g_s(\omega,u)gs​(ω,u), jointly measurable, and a terminal value YYY, subject to hypotheses 1–4:

  1. ∣gs(u)−gs(v)∣≤k∣u−v∣|g_s(u)-g_s(v)|\le k|u-v|∣gs​(u)−gs​(v)∣≤k∣u−v∣ for some k>0k>0k>0, all u,vu,vu,v and all s∈[0,T]s\in[0,T]s∈[0,T];
  2. gs(⋅,u)g_s(\cdot,u)gs​(⋅,u) is Fs\mathcal F_sFs​-measurable;
  3. E(∫0T∣gs(0)∣ ∣dAs∣)<+∞E\big(\int_0^T|g_s(0)|\,|dA_s|\big)<+\inftyE(∫0T​∣gs​(0)∣∣dAs​∣)<+∞;
  4. Y∈L1(P)Y\in L^1(P)Y∈L1(P) is FT\mathcal F_TFT​-measurable.

The backward equation is the fixed-point problem for

G(V)t=E(∫tTgs(Vs) dAs+Y ∣ Ft).(2.1)G(V)_t=E\Big(\int_t^T g_s(V_s)\,dA_s+Y\ \Big|\ \mathcal F_t\Big).\tag{2.1}G(V)t​=E(∫tT​gs​(Vs​)dAs​+Y ​ Ft​).(2.1)

When At=tA_t=tAt​=t this is the Duffie–Epstein equation Vt=E(∫tTgs(Vs) ds+Y∣Ft)V_t=E\big(\int_t^T g_s(V_s)\,ds+Y\mid\mathcal F_t\big)Vt​=E(∫tT​gs​(Vs​)ds+Y∣Ft​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4

Under hypotheses 1–4 there is a progressively measurable process V∈L1(μ)V\in L^1(\mu)V∈L1(μ) with càdlàg paths such that

E(∫0T∣G(V)t−Vt∣ ∣dAt∣)=0,E\Big(\int_0^T|G(V)_t-V_t|\,|dA_t|\Big)=0,E(∫0T​∣G(V)t​−Vt​∣∣dAt​∣)=0,

VVV is a semimartingale through the decomposition

Vt=E(∫0Tgs(Vs) dAs+Y ∣ Ft)−∫0tgs(Vs) dAs,(2.9)V_t=E\Big(\int_0^T g_s(V_s)\,dA_s+Y\ \Big|\ \mathcal F_t\Big)-\int_0^t g_s(V_s)\,dA_s,\tag{2.9}Vt​=E(∫0T​gs​(Vs​)dAs​+Y ​ Ft​)−∫0t​gs​(Vs​)dAs​,(2.9)

and any two solutions in L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ) agree μ\muμ-almost everywhere.

Milestones

In the order of the paper's argument:

  1. Remark 2.2, (2.6): E(H∫[0,∞)a(s) dCs)=E(∫[0,∞)Hs a(s) dCs)E\big(H\int_{[0,\infty)}a(s)\,dC_s\big)=E\big(\int_{[0,\infty)}H_s\,a(s)\,dC_s\big)E(H∫[0,∞)​a(s)dCs​)=E(∫[0,∞)​Hs​a(s)dCs​) for an adapted increasing càdlàg CCC and a càdlàg version HtH_tHt​ of E(H∣Ft)E(H\mid\mathcal F_t)E(H∣Ft​), for HHH positive or in L1L^1L1.
  2. Lemma 2.3: GGG maps L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ) into L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ).
  3. The relation ∑i=0n(−1)iAt((n−i)−)At(i)=0\sum_{i=0}^n(-1)^iA_t^{((n-i)-)}A_t^{(i)}=0∑i=0n​(−1)iAt((n−i)−)​At(i)​=0 between the iterated integrals A(n)=((A⋅A)⋯ )⋅AA^{(n)}=((A\cdot A)\cdots)\cdot AA(n)=((A⋅A)⋯)⋅A and A(n−)=((A−⋅A)−⋯ )⋅AA^{(n-)}=((A_-\cdot A)_-\cdots)\cdot AA(n−)=((A−​⋅A)−​⋯)⋅A.
  4. (2.7): ∣G(n)(U)t−G(n)(V)t∣≤knE(∫tT(As−−At)[n−1]∣Us−Vs∣ dAs∣Ft)|G^{(n)}(U)_t-G^{(n)}(V)_t|\le k^nE\big(\int_t^T(A_{s-}-A_t)^{[n-1]}|U_s-V_s|\,dA_s\mid\mathcal F_t\big)∣G(n)(U)t​−G(n)(V)t​∣≤knE(∫tT​(As−​−At​)[n−1]∣Us​−Vs​∣dAs​∣Ft​).
  5. (2.8): E∫0T∣G(n)(U)t−G(n)(V)t∣ dAt≤knE∫0TAt−(n−)∣Ut−Vt∣ dAtE\int_0^T|G^{(n)}(U)_t-G^{(n)}(V)_t|\,dA_t\le k^nE\int_0^TA^{(n-)}_{t-}|U_t-V_t|\,dA_tE∫0T​∣G(n)(U)t​−G(n)(V)t​∣dAt​≤knE∫0T​At−(n−)​∣Ut​−Vt​∣dAt​.
  6. At(n−)≤Atn/n!A^{(n-)}_t\le A_t^n/n!At(n−)​≤Atn​/n!.
  7. The iterate bound ∥G(n)(U)−G(n)(V)∥L1(μ)≤kn(βn/n!)∥U−V∥L1(μ)\|G^{(n)}(U)-G^{(n)}(V)\|_{L^1(\mu)}\le k^n(\beta^n/n!)\|U-V\|_{L^1(\mu)}∥G(n)(U)−G(n)(V)∥L1(μ)​≤kn(βn/n!)∥U−V∥L1(μ)​.

Milestones 3–7 live inside the proof, after its reduction to nondecreasing AAA.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.4 gives well-posedness of a backward equation with no square-integrability and no Brownian structure: the filtration is arbitrary (subject to the usual hypotheses), the integrator may jump, and only first moments are required. In the case At=tA_t=tAt​=t it settles the p=1p=1p=1 case of the Duffie–Epstein conjecture, so stochastic differential utility is well defined for integrable consumption data. The same fixed-point scheme, with the Doléans measure of a dominating process, is the basis of the coupled backward–forward result of §3 of the paper (a separate mission of this series).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the literature but, as far as is known, has no machine-checked proof; Mathlib has conditional expectations, filtrations, martingales and Stieltjes measures, but no càdlàg process theory, no optional projection and no Doléans measure. A complete development produces these pieces. Its milestones also make precise points the paper leaves implicit: G is defined only up to versions, and the iterate bound is printed with GGG in place of G(n)G^{(n)}G(n).

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to show that GGG itself is a contraction on L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ). It is not in general: the one-step bound is kβk\betakβ, and nothing makes kβ<1k\beta<1kβ<1. The argument must instead control the nnn-th iterate. This needs exchanging a conditional expectation with a Stieltjes integral against a random measure, which is the optional projection identity (2.6). It also needs iterated integrals against an integrator with jumps, where the continuous-case identity A(n)=An/n!A^{(n)}=A^n/n!A(n)=An/n! fails and only the inequality A(n−)≤An/n!A^{(n-)}\le A^n/n!A(n−)≤An/n! survives. A second difficulty is measure-theoretic: G(V)tG(V)_tG(V)t​ is defined only almost surely for each fixed ttt, and the L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ) norm sees the whole path. A version must be chosen with càdlàg paths before the equation even makes sense in L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ).

Formalization scope

  • Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​ with a horizon T>0T>0T>0; only [0,T][0,T][0,T] matters. Integrals ∫st\int_s^t∫st​ are over (s,t](s,t](s,t].
  • The integrator is a structure BVIntegrator carrying AAA with its Jordan decomposition A=A+−A−A=A^+-A^-A=A+−A− as data, tied to Mathlib's eVariationOn so that A++A−=∣A∣A^++A^-=|A|A++A−=∣A∣. ∣dA∣=dA++dA−|dA|=dA^++dA^-∣dA∣=dA++dA− are Stieltjes measures of the paths.
  • L1(μ)L^1(\mu)L1(μ) norms are lower integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; membership is joint measurability plus a finite norm.
  • G(V)G(V)G(V) is never a Lean function. Statements quantify over versions: jointly measurable processes WWW, càdlàg on [0,T][0,T][0,T], with Wt=E(ξt∣Ft)W_t=E(\xi_t\mid\mathcal F_t)Wt​=E(ξt​∣Ft​) a.s. for each ttt, where every ξt=∫tTgs(Vs) dAs+Y\xi_t=\int_t^Tg_s(V_s)\,dA_s+Yξt​=∫tT​gs​(Vs​)dAs​+Y is required to be integrable. Picard iterates are chains of such versions.
  • Explicit choices relative to the page: the usual hypotheses and right-continuous integrators (Protter's conventions, p. 778); integrability of every conditional-expectation argument; càdlàg versions; AAA nondecreasing in milestones 3–7, as in the proof; in (2.6), C0≥0C_0\ge0C0​≥0 with C0−=0C_{0-}=0C0−​=0, an [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued version of E(H∣Ft)E(H\mid\mathcal F_t)E(H∣Ft​) in the positive case, and in the L1L^1L1 case finiteness of E(∣H∣∫a dC)E(|H|\int a\,dC)E(∣H∣∫adC); "semimartingale" expressed by the decomposition (2.9), with the martingale property stated for Mmin⁡(t,T)M_{\min(t,T)}Mmin(t,T)​; G(n)G^{(n)}G(n) in place of the printed GGG in the iterate bound.
  • A formalization that lets G(V)G(V)G(V) be a conditional expectation of a non-integrable argument (Mathlib returns 000), or that states only existence or only uniqueness, is trivial and is ruled out: both halves are in the goal, and every version carries the integrability of its argument.
  • Reusable infrastructure: optional projection for increasing integrators, càdlàg versions of martingales, iterated Stieltjes integrals and their factorial bounds. Contributions to any of these are welcome, as are proofs of the special case At=tA_t=tAt​=t.

Selected references

  • F. Antonelli, Backward-forward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 3(3) (1993) 777–793. doi:10.1214/aoap/1177005363
  • D. Duffie and L. G. Epstein, Stochastic differential utility, Econometrica 60(2) (1992) 353–394. doi:10.2307/2951600
  • E. Pardoux and S. Peng, Adapted solution of a backward stochastic differential equation, Systems Control Lett. 14(1) (1990) 55–61. doi:10.1016/0167-6911(90)90082-6
  • C. Dellacherie and P.-A. Meyer, Probabilities and Potential B, North-Holland, 1982 (Theorem VI.57).
  • P. Protter, Stochastic Integration and Differential Equations, Springer, 1990. doi:10.1007/978-3-662-02619-9
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Residual Life Time at Great Age 1: Every Nondegenerate Limit Law of the Normed Residual Life Time Is of Type Π, Π_γ, Γ_α or Γ_{γ,α}Research Paper

Motivation

A component with a random lifetime XXX that has survived to age ttt still has a random residual life time X−tX - tX−t. Reliability engineering, actuarial science and the statistics of exceedances over high thresholds all ask how the conditional law of X−tX - tX−t given X>tX > tX>t behaves when the age ttt is large. If XXX is exponential, the residual life has the same law at every age (lack of memory). In general it changes with ttt, and the natural question, as in the limit theory of sample maxima, is which laws can arise as limits once the residual life is suitably rescaled and shifted.

A. A. Balkema and L. de Haan answered this question in Residual Life Time at Great Age (The Annals of Probability 2, 1974). The answer — a short list of limit types — later underlies the peaks-over-threshold method of extreme value statistics, where the continuous limit laws reappear as the generalized Pareto family (Pickands, 1975). This mission formalizes the classification theorem of the paper, Theorem 1, together with the steps of its proof in §1.

Setting

Let XXX be a real random variable with distribution function FFF and distribution tail R(x)=1−F(x)=P{X>x}R(x) = 1 - F(x) = P\{X > x\}R(x)=1−F(x)=P{X>x}. Throughout, R(x)>0R(x) > 0R(x)>0 for every xxx (equivalently F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for all xxx), so that the conditioning event {X>t}\{X > t\}{X>t} never has probability zero. The residual life distribution function at age ttt is

Ft(x)=P{X−t≤x∣X>t},(1)F_t(x) = P\{X - t \le x \mid X > t\}, \tag{1}Ft​(x)=P{X−t≤x∣X>t},(1)

which vanishes for x<0x < 0x<0.

A family of distribution functions HtH_tHt​ converges weakly to GGG as t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ if Ht(x)→G(x)H_t(x) \to G(x)Ht​(x)→G(x) at every continuity point xxx of GGG. A distribution function GGG is nondegenerate if it is not the distribution function of a point mass. GGG is of type KKK if G(x)=K(ax+b)G(x) = K(ax + b)G(x)=K(ax+b) for all xxx, with a>0a > 0a>0 and bbb real.

The limit laws are the following distribution functions, all equal to 000 for x<0x < 0x<0; for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0,

Π(x)=1−e−x,Γα(x)=1−(1+x)−α,\Pi(x) = 1 - e^{-x}, \qquad \Gamma_\alpha(x) = 1 - (1+x)^{-\alpha},Π(x)=1−e−x,Γα​(x)=1−(1+x)−α, Πγ(x)=1−exp⁡(−γ [1+x]),Γγ,α(x)=1−exp⁡(−γ [1+αlog⁡(1+x)]),\Pi_\gamma(x) = 1 - \exp\big(-\gamma\,[1 + x]\big), \qquad \Gamma_{\gamma,\alpha}(x) = 1 - \exp\big(-\gamma\,[1 + \alpha\log(1+x)]\big),Πγ​(x)=1−exp(−γ[1+x]),Γγ,α​(x)=1−exp(−γ[1+αlog(1+x)]),

with α,γ>0\alpha, \gamma > 0α,γ>0 and [a][a][a] the integer part of aaa. The first two are continuous; the last two are discrete, with jumps where 1+x1 + x1+x, respectively 1+αlog⁡(1+x)1 + \alpha\log(1+x)1+αlog(1+x), crosses an integer.

The lemmas of §1 use a second normalization, which shifts XXX instead of X−tX - tX−t:

P(X−b(t)a(t)>x  ∣  X>t)=min⁡(1,R(b(t)+xa(t))R(t))→S(x)weakly,(2–3)P\Big(\frac{X - b(t)}{a(t)} > x \;\Big|\; X > t\Big) = \min\Big(1, \frac{R(b(t) + x a(t))}{R(t)}\Big) \to S(x) \quad \text{weakly}, \tag{2–3}P(a(t)X−b(t)​>x​X>t)=min(1,R(t)R(b(t)+xa(t))​)→S(x)weakly,(2–3)

where 1−S1 - S1−S is a nondegenerate distribution function. The two normalizations differ by b(t)↦b(t)+tb(t) \mapsto b(t) + tb(t)↦b(t)+t.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 796)

If F(x)<1F(x) < 1F(x)<1 for all xxx, a(t)>0a(t) > 0a(t)>0, and

Ft(b(t)+xa(t))→G(x)weakly as t→∞F_t\big(b(t) + x a(t)\big) \to G(x) \quad \text{weakly as } t \to \inftyFt​(b(t)+xa(t))→G(x)weakly as t→∞

for a nondegenerate distribution function GGG, then GGG is of type Π\PiΠ, Πγ\Pi_\gammaΠγ​, Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​ or Γγ,α\Gamma_{\gamma,\alpha}Γγ,α​ for some α,γ>0\alpha, \gamma > 0α,γ>0.

Milestones (§1, pp. 794–797)

  1. Lemma 1. Under (2), for each continuity point yyy of SSS with 0<S(y)<10 < S(y) < 10<S(y)<1 there are A(y)≥1A(y) \ge 1A(y)≥1 and B(y)B(y)B(y) with
S(x) S(y)=S(B(y)+xA(y))whenever S(x)<1.(4)S(x)\,S(y) = S\big(B(y) + xA(y)\big) \quad \text{whenever } S(x) < 1. \tag{4}S(x)S(y)=S(B(y)+xA(y))whenever S(x)<1.(4)
  1. Corollary. S(x)>0S(x) > 0S(x)>0 for all xxx.
  2. Lemma 2. An unbounded non-increasing HHH on (x0,∞)(x_0, \infty)(x0​,∞) that agrees with SSS where S<1S < 1S<1 and solves H(x)H(y)=H(B(y)+xA(y))H(x)H(y) = H(B(y) + xA(y))H(x)H(y)=H(B(y)+xA(y)) agrees with SSS where H<1H < 1H<1.
  3. Case 1 of the proof: if A(y)=1A(y) = 1A(y)=1 for every yyy in the set YYY of continuity points with S(y)<1S(y) < 1S(y)<1, then 1−S1 - S1−S is of type Π\PiΠ or Πγ\Pi_\gammaΠγ​.
  4. The commutation identity of Case 2: B(y1)+A(y1)B(y2)=B(y2)+A(y2)B(y1)B(y_1) + A(y_1)B(y_2) = B(y_2) + A(y_2)B(y_1)B(y1​)+A(y1​)B(y2​)=B(y2​)+A(y2​)B(y1​) for y1,y2∈Yy_1, y_2 \in Yy1​,y2​∈Y.
  5. Case 2 of the proof: if A(y)>1A(y) > 1A(y)>1 for some y∈Yy \in Yy∈Y, then 1−S1 - S1−S is of type Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​ or Γγ,α\Gamma_{\gamma,\alpha}Γγ,α​.
  6. The closing display: each of the four laws G=1−SG = 1 - SG=1−S reproduces itself, min⁡(1,S(B(t)+xA(t))/S(t))=S(x)\min\big(1, S(B(t) + xA(t))/S(t)\big) = S(x)min(1,S(B(t)+xA(t))/S(t))=S(x) for every t>0t > 0t>0 and suitable A(t)>0A(t) > 0A(t)>0, B(t)B(t)B(t); so all four types occur as limits.

Significance

Theorem 1 is to residual lives what the extremal types theorem of Fisher–Tippett and Gnedenko is to maxima: it reduces the asymptotic analysis of the residual life to a four-type list, and with it the question of domains of attraction (§§2–3 of the paper) becomes well posed. The continuous types Π\PiΠ and Γα\Gamma_\alphaΓα​ are, after a change of parameters, the exponential and Pareto members of the generalized Pareto family used to model exceedances over high thresholds; the discrete types Πγ\Pi_\gammaΠγ​ and Γγ,α\Gamma_{\gamma,\alpha}Γγ,α​ show that once a shift is allowed, lattice-like tails produce limits with atoms, a phenomenon that the scale-only Theorem 2 excludes.

The theorem has been proved since 1974. It is not formalized in any proof assistant known to us, and Mathlib has neither weak convergence of distribution functions in the form used here, nor types, nor the residual-life limit laws. A formal development provides these objects, the functional equation (4) and its solution on a half line, and a checked proof that the four-type list is exactly right — including the discrete types, which are easy to lose in an informal treatment.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to pass to the limit in the identity relating the residual lives at ages ttt and b(t)b(t)b(t), obtaining a Cauchy-type functional equation for SSS, and to solve it. Two features block a direct application of the classical solution. First, the limit is a minimum with 111, so convergence carries no information on the half line where S=1S = 1S=1: equation (4) holds only where S(x)<1S(x) < 1S(x)<1, and it does not determine SSS by itself (the paper exhibits S0(x)=e−xS_0(x) = e^{-x}S0​(x)=e−x for x≥1x \ge 1x≥1, S0=1S_0 = 1S0​=1 for x<1x < 1x<1, which satisfies (4) with A=1A = 1A=1, B(y)=yB(y) = yB(y)=y, yet 1−S01 - S_01−S0​ is of no limit type); Lemma 2 is needed to recover SSS where S=1S = 1S=1. Second, the solutions of the shifted equation φ(x)+φ(y)=φ(B(y)+x)\varphi(x) + \varphi(y) = \varphi(B(y) + x)φ(x)+φ(y)=φ(B(y)+x) for a monotone φ\varphiφ are not only linear: a periodic perturbation is possible, and its analysis produces the discrete laws through the integer part. A proof that assumes continuity of SSS misses Πγ\Pi_\gammaΠγ​ and Γγ,α\Gamma_{\gamma,\alpha}Γγ,α​.

Formalization scope

The law of XXX is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR; R(x)=μ((x,∞))R(x) = \mu((x,\infty))R(x)=μ((x,∞)) and Ft(x)=μ((t,t+x])/μ((t,∞))F_t(x) = \mu((t, t+x])/\mu((t,\infty))Ft​(x)=μ((t,t+x])/μ((t,∞)), with probabilities taken as real numbers. Every statement assumes μ((x,∞))>0\mu((x,\infty)) > 0μ((x,∞))>0 for all xxx, the paper's standing assumption; Lean's division by zero would otherwise make the conditional laws meaningless. The normalizations satisfy a(t)>0a(t) > 0a(t)>0 for all ttt (only large ttt matter). A limit distribution function is the distribution function of a probability measure ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR, so no mass escapes to ±∞\pm\infty±∞; nondegenerate means ν\nuν is not a point mass; the limit tail is S(x)=ν((x,∞))S(x) = \nu((x,\infty))S(x)=ν((x,∞)), which is right-continuous. Weak convergence is convergence at the continuity points of the limit and nowhere else. The integer part is Int.floor. Each limit law is defined to be 000 for x<0x < 0x<0.

Theorem 1 is stated in the normalization (1) of the theorem, the lemmas and cases in the normalization (2) of §1, as printed. Theorem 1 names its fourth family Γα,γ\Gamma_{\alpha,\gamma}Γα,γ​; it is the introduction's Γγ,α\Gamma_{\gamma,\alpha}Γγ,α​. In Lemma 2 the left endpoint x0x_0x0​ may be −∞-\infty−∞ (Case 1 applies the lemma on the whole line), and the condition that B(y)+xA(y)B(y) + xA(y)B(y)+xA(y) lies in (x0,∞)(x_0, \infty)(x0​,∞) for x>x0x > x_0x>x0​ is written out, since (8) presupposes it. "A pair (A(y),B(y))(A(y), B(y))(A(y),B(y)) in Lemma 1" and "A(y)=1A(y) = 1A(y)=1", "A(y)>1A(y) > 1A(y)>1" are stated through pairs satisfying (4); the proof of Lemma 1 shows the pair is unique. The commutation identity is posed without the Case 2 assumption, which its derivation does not use. No hypothesis of the paper is dropped and none is added beyond these readings.

The statement is not trivialized by dropping nondegeneracy (a point-mass limit is always attainable), by requiring convergence at every xxx (which would exclude the discrete types), or by defining the limit laws without the integer part (which would turn the discrete types into continuous ones); the formalization does none of these.

A complete development needs: the residual-life distribution function and the normed tail, weak convergence of distribution functions, types, the four limit laws; then monotone solutions of Cauchy-type functional equations on half lines, with their periodic perturbations. The functional-equation results and the closing-display computations are reusable beyond this mission, for instance for the scale-only Theorem 2 and for the domain-of-attraction results of §§2–3. Proofs of any milestone, of alternative routes to Theorem 1, and of the closing display for each family separately are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. A. Balkema, L. de Haan, Residual Life Time at Great Age, The Annals of Probability 2 (1974), no. 5, 792–804. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996548 (the source of every statement of this mission: the published article).
  • B. Gnedenko, Sur la distribution limite du terme maximum d'une série aléatoire, Annals of Mathematics 44 (1943), 423–453. https://doi.org/10.2307/1968974
  • J. Pickands III, Statistical Inference Using Extreme Order Statistics, The Annals of Statistics 3 (1975), 119–131. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176343003
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, Wiley, 1966.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming and Related Methods: DOASA Reaches an Optimal Policy in Finitely Many Iterations Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP), introduced by Pereira and Pinto in 1991, is the standard method for multistage stochastic linear programs with many stages, such as hydro-thermal scheduling and long-term energy planning. It approximates each stage's expected future cost from below by the maximum of finitely many linear functions (cuts), built from LP dual solutions at sampled states, and alternates a forward simulation pass with a backward cut-generation pass. Practitioners stop the method when a simulated upper bound is close to the lower bound C1kC^k_1C1k​. Whether this procedure converges at all is the question of this mission.

Timeline:

  • 1991: Pereira and Pinto publish SDDP, with no convergence proof.
  • 1999: Chen and Powell prove almost-sure convergence for CUPPS; Linowsky and Philpott (2005) extend the argument to SDDP, AND and ReSa. Both proofs rely on an unstated independence assumption between sampled outcomes and convergent subsequences of iterates.
  • 2008: Philpott and Guan (Oper. Res. Lett. 36(4), 450–455) give a proof based on the finiteness of the set of distinct cut coefficients, for a class they call DOASA (Dynamic Outer Approximation Sampling Algorithms).
  • Later work (Shapiro 2011; Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott 2015) extends convergence to convex nonlinear and continuous settings.

Setting

There are T≥2T\ge2T≥2 stages. Stage ttt has a decision xt≥0x_t\ge0xt​≥0 in Rnt\mathbb R^{n_t}Rnt​, costs ctc_tct​, a matrix AtA_tAt​ and, for t≤T−1t\le T-1t≤T−1, a matrix BtB_tBt​ coupling xtx_txt​ to the next stage. At stage 111 the constraint is A1x1=b1A_1x_1=b_1A1​x1​=b1​. For 2≤t≤T2\le t\le T2≤t≤T the right-hand side is random: Atxt=ωt−Bt−1xt−1A_tx_t=\omega_t-B_{t-1}x_{t-1}At​xt​=ωt​−Bt−1​xt−1​, where ωt\omega_tωt​ takes values ωt1,…,ωtqt\omega_{t1},\dots,\omega_{tq_t}ωt1​,…,ωtqt​​ with probabilities pti>0p_{ti}>0pti​>0, independently across stages. The expected cost-to-go is defined backwards from QT+1≡0\mathcal Q_{T+1}\equiv0QT+1​≡0:

Qt(xt−1,ωti)=min⁡{ct⊤xt+Qt+1(xt):Atxt=ωti−Bt−1xt−1, xt≥0},Qt=∑iptiQt(⋅,ωti),Q_t(x_{t-1},\omega_{ti})=\min\{c_t^\top x_t+\mathcal Q_{t+1}(x_t):A_tx_t=\omega_{ti}-B_{t-1}x_{t-1},\ x_t\ge0\},\qquad \mathcal Q_t=\sum_i p_{ti}Q_t(\cdot,\omega_{ti}),Qt​(xt−1​,ωti​)=min{ct⊤​xt​+Qt+1​(xt​):At​xt​=ωti​−Bt−1​xt−1​, xt​≥0},Qt​=i∑​pti​Qt​(⋅,ωti​),

and Q1=min⁡{c1⊤x1+Q2(x1):A1x1=b1,x1≥0}Q_1=\min\{c_1^\top x_1+\mathcal Q_2(x_1):A_1x_1=b_1,x_1\ge0\}Q1​=min{c1⊤​x1​+Q2​(x1​):A1​x1​=b1​,x1​≥0} is the problem [LP1]. Assumption (A4) says every stage problem met along the way has a nonempty, bounded feasible region.

The approximate problem [APtk_t^ktk​] replaces Qt+1\mathcal Q_{t+1}Qt+1​ by max⁡j{αt+1,j−(βt+1j)⊤xt}\max_j\{\alpha_{t+1,j}-(\beta^j_{t+1})^\top x_t\}maxj​{αt+1,j​−(βt+1j​)⊤xt​} over the cuts generated before iteration kkk; its value is CtkC^k_tCtk​. A scenario fixes one outcome per stage 2,…,T−12,\dots,T-12,…,T−1. Each DOASA iteration (i) samples one forward scenario ωk\omega^kωk and solves [APtk_t^ktk​] along it, giving states xtkx^k_txtk​; (ii) for t=T,…,2t=T,\dots,2t=T,…,2 runs the Cut Calculation Algorithm (CCA): it solves [APtk_t^ktk​] at xt−1kx^k_{t-1}xt−1k​ for the outcomes in a backward sample Ωtk\Omega^k_tΩtk​, stores optimal extreme-point dual solutions (π,ρ)(\pi,\rho)(π,ρ) in a collection Dt\mathcal D_tDt​, picks for every outcome the best stored dual, and averages them into a new cut on θt\theta_tθt​. DOASA-N instead traverses a fixed list of NNN scenarios in every iteration.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 under the joint sampling property J

If, with probability 1, every scenario prefix is followed by the forward pass jointly with each outcome being in the backward sample infinitely often (property J), then with probability 1 every DOASA run has an iteration KKK after which the cuts no longer change, the policy xˉ\bar xxˉ they induce is optimal for [LP1], and

C1K=Q1.C^K_1=Q_1 .C1K​=Q1​.

Milestones

  • Monotonicity (p. 4): Ctk+1≥CtkC^{k+1}_t\ge C^k_tCtk+1​≥Ctk​ and C1k+1≥C1kC^{k+1}_1\ge C^k_1C1k+1​≥C1k​.
  • Lower bound (p. 4): every cut is valid, so Ctk≤QtC^k_t\le Q_tCtk​≤Qt​ and C1k≤Q1C^k_1\le Q_1C1k​≤Q1​.
  • Lemma 1 (p. 6): the set Gtk\mathcal G^k_tGtk​ of distinct generated cuts is bounded in size and eventually constant.
  • Lemma 2 (p. 10): DOASA-N stops changing after finitely many iterations, with lim⁡kC1k≤Q1\lim_kC^k_1\le Q_1limk​C1k​≤Q1​.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 10): DOASA-N over all scenarios, with backward sampling infinitely often per scenario, converges almost surely to an optimal policy.

Significance

The theorem justifies SDDP, AND, ReSa and CUPPS as exact methods: on a finite scenario tree, sampling-based cutting-plane schemes reach an optimal policy and a tight lower bound after finitely many iterations, almost surely. The finiteness argument (Lemma 1) is the template for later finite-convergence proofs of SDDP variants.

The paper's proofs are informal. No part of this development is machine-checked, and the printed statement of Theorem 4 is false (see below), so a formal proof also settles exactly which sampling hypothesis is enough. The finite-cut lemma and the cut-validity milestone are reusable for any Benders-type multistage method.

Difficulty

The obvious argument goes: cut sets stabilize (Lemma 1), and every scenario and every outcome is sampled infinitely often, so the limiting cuts must be exact. The last step fails. A cut at a state is exact only if, for every outcome, a dual that is optimal at that state has been collected. Sampling the forward scenario and the backward outcomes infinitely often, but separately, does not ensure this. Lemma 1 itself is also delicate: the dual vectors ρ\rhoρ grow in dimension with kkk, so the collection of extreme-point duals can be infinite even though the cut coefficients take finitely many values. The algorithm's choices (extreme-point duals, ties among best duals) must be handled for every run, not for a convenient one.

Formalization scope

Stages are numbered 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T with variable dimensions per stage. B t is the paper's BtB_tBt​, the matrix multiplying xtx_txt​ in stage t+1t+1t+1. Value functions are real infima, used only on reachable states. Iterations are numbered from 000 in Lean. Explicit choices, each recorded in the item statements:

  • The J correction. The paper states Theorem 4 under FPSP and BPSP. These do not suffice. In a three-stage instance whose last-stage backward sample is {c}\{c\}{c} after forward outcome aaa and {d}\{d\}{d} after bbb, alternating, both properties hold but the cuts stabilize at a suboptimal policy with C1kC^k_1C1k​ below Q1Q_1Q1​. The goal is stated under J, which implies FPSP and BPSP and holds for the schemes the paper names. Lemma 3's BPSP is read per scenario of DOASA-N.
  • Initial cut. The paper's trivial cut θt+1≥−∞\theta_{t+1}\ge-\inftyθt+1​≥−∞ makes [APt1_t^1t1​] unbounded; it is replaced by a finite cut θt+1≥Lt\theta_{t+1}\ge L_tθt+1​≥Lt​ assumed valid on reachable states. Stage TTT uses the exact cut θT+1≥0\theta_{T+1}\ge0θT+1​≥0.
  • (A4) is required on reachable states only.
  • The LP solver is a deterministic oracle on cut sets returning optimal solutions of [APt_tt​], so repeated cuts do not change forward solutions.
  • Duals. Collected duals are optimal extreme points of the dual region; best duals are chosen with arbitrary tie-breaks. No cut is added while the dual collection is empty. Dual multipliers ρ\rhoρ are sequences padded with zeros.
  • Runs are relations covering DOASA and DOASA-N (batched forward scenarios). The conclusions hold for every run consistent with the samples, inside the almost-sure quantifier.

A trivializing encoding, in which cuts are arbitrary valid hyperplanes, duals are taken for all outcomes, or the sampling hypotheses directly assume exactness of the cuts, is ruled out: the run relation transcribes CCA steps 1–3 as printed.

A complete development needs LP weak and strong duality (published on the platform as LinearOptimization.lp_weak_duality and LinearOptimization.lp_strong_duality, in their own encoding), finiteness of the set of extreme points of a polyhedron, and the almost-sure intersection of finitely many events (Mathlib). Contributions to any milestone, to the proof that J holds for independent sampling, and to the counterexample showing FPSP and BPSP are insufficient are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Oper. Res. Lett. 36(4) (2008) 450–455. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013 (cited from the authors' manuscript v24, 2008-02-25)
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Math. Program. 52 (1991) 359–375. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • Z.-L. Chen, W. B. Powell, Convergent cutting-plane and partial-sampling algorithm for multistage stochastic linear programs with recourse, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 102 (1999) 497–524. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1022641805263
  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of stochastic dual dynamic programming method, European J. Oper. Res. 209 (2011) 63–72. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the convergence of decomposition methods for multistage stochastic convex programs, Math. Oper. Res. 40(1) (2015) 130–145. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficient Monte Carlo Procedures for Generating Points Uniformly Distributed over Bounded Regions 2: Geometric Convergence Rate of the Random Directions Algorithm to UniformResearch Paper

Motivation

Generating points uniformly distributed over a bounded region S⊆RnS\subseteq\mathbb R^nS⊆Rn is a basic subroutine in Monte Carlo integration, in estimating the volume of a region, in randomized search for optimization, and in identifying redundant constraints of mathematical programs. When SSS is given only implicitly, for instance by a system of inequalities, the classical methods break down in high dimension: transformation methods need a tractable description of SSS, and rejection from an enclosing box or ball accepts a fraction of proposals that decays exponentially with nnn.

Smith (Oper. Res. 32(6), 1984) studied a family of Markov chain methods, mixing algorithms, that avoid rejection altogether. The best known member is the Random Directions Algorithm, now called hit-and-run: from the current point, pick a direction uniformly at random and move to a uniformly random point of SSS on the line through the current point in that direction. Boneh and Golan (1979) proposed it for constraint identification and conjectured, without proof, that it generates uniform points; Smith (1980, 1984) proved asymptotic uniformity, and Section 3 of the 1984 paper gives an explicit geometric convergence rate. This mission targets that rate, Theorem 3.

Later work, in particular Lovász (Math. Program. 86, 1999) and Lovász and Vempala (SIAM J. Comput. 35, 2006), proved polynomial mixing bounds for hit-and-run on convex bodies. Smith's bound is exponential in nnn, but it holds for every open bounded region, convex or not, and from every starting point.

Setting

Write VVV for nnn-dimensional Lebesgue measure (content) on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ for the Euclidean norm. Let S⊆RnS\subseteq\mathbb R^nS⊆Rn be open, bounded and nonempty.

  • The uniform distribution over SSS is λ(A)=V(A∩S)/V(S)\lambda(A)=V(A\cap S)/V(S)λ(A)=V(A∩S)/V(S).
  • For x∈Sx\in Sx∈S and a unit vector ddd, the line set is L=S∩{x+td:t∈R}L=S\cap\{x+td:t\in\mathbb R\}L=S∩{x+td:t∈R}, and its length is ℓ(x,d)=Leb1{t:x+td∈S}\ell(x,d)=\mathrm{Leb}_1\{t: x+td\in S\}ℓ(x,d)=Leb1​{t:x+td∈S}. For convex SSS this is the chord length; in general LLL may consist of many segments.
  • One step of the Random Directions Algorithm from x∈Sx\in Sx∈S: draw ddd uniformly on the unit sphere {d:∥d∥=1}\{d:\|d\|=1\}{d:∥d∥=1}, then draw Xi+1X_{i+1}Xi+1​ uniformly on LLL. The transition kernel is
P(A∣x)=∫Leb1{t:x+td∈S∩A}ℓ(x,d) σ(dd),P(A\mid x)=\int \frac{\mathrm{Leb}_1\{t:x+td\in S\cap A\}}{\ell(x,d)}\,\sigma(\mathrm dd),P(A∣x)=∫ℓ(x,d)Leb1​{t:x+td∈S∩A}​σ(dd),

with σ\sigmaσ the normalized surface measure of the sphere, and Pm(A∣x)=P(Xm∈A∣X0=x)P^m(A\mid x)=P(X_m\in A\mid X_0=x)Pm(A∣x)=P(Xm​∈A∣X0​=x) is its mmm-step iterate.

  • R⋆R^\starR⋆ is the radius of the smallest ball containing SSS, Vn(r)V_n(r)Vn​(r) the volume of a ball of radius rrr, and
γ=V(S)Vn(R⋆)∈(0,1]\gamma=\frac{V(S)}{V_n(R^\star)}\in(0,1]γ=Vn​(R⋆)V(S)​∈(0,1]

the fraction of its smallest enclosing ball that SSS fills.

  • Sn(r)=nVn(1)rn−1S_n(r)=nV_n(1)r^{n-1}Sn​(r)=nVn​(1)rn−1 is the surface area of a sphere of radius rrr, and d=diam⁡Sd=\operatorname{diam}Sd=diamS.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 1304)

For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, every x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, every measurable A⊆SA\subseteq SA⊆S and every m≥1m\ge1m≥1,

∣P(Xm∈A∣X0=x)−λ(A)∣<(1−γn 2n−1)m−1.\bigl|P(X_m\in A\mid X_0=x)-\lambda(A)\bigr|<\Bigl(1-\frac{\gamma}{n\,2^{n-1}}\Bigr)^{m-1}.​P(Xm​∈A∣X0​=x)−λ(A)​<(1−n2n−1γ​)m−1.

The constant is the paper's. The bound is uniform in the starting point and in AAA, and it depends on SSS only through nnn and γ\gammaγ.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof, in order)

  1. Lemma 1 for this algorithm: λ\lambdaλ is stationary, λ(A)=∫SP(A∣x) λ(dx)\lambda(A)=\int_S P(A\mid x)\,\lambda(\mathrm dx)λ(A)=∫S​P(A∣x)λ(dx).
  2. Doob's Case (b) bound: for a chain with stationary law π\piπ and a minorization P(A∣x)≥δ φ(A∩C)P(A\mid x)\ge\delta\,\varphi(A\cap C)P(A∣x)≥δφ(A∩C) on a closed set CCC that carries π\piπ, ∣Pm(A∣x)−π(A)∣≤(1−δφ(C))m−1|P^m(A\mid x)-\pi(A)|\le(1-\delta\varphi(C))^{m-1}∣Pm(A∣x)−π(A)∣≤(1−δφ(C))m−1.
  3. Density formula: P(A∣x)=∫Af(y∣x) dyP(A\mid x)=\int_A f(y\mid x)\,\mathrm dyP(A∣x)=∫A​f(y∣x)dy with f(y∣x)=2/(Sn(∥y−x∥) ℓ(x,y))f(y\mid x)=2/\bigl(S_n(\|y-x\|)\,\ell(x,y)\bigr)f(y∣x)=2/(Sn​(∥y−x∥)ℓ(x,y)).
  4. Density lower bound: f(y∣x)>δ=2/(d Sn(d))f(y\mid x)>\delta=2/(d\,S_n(d))f(y∣x)>δ=2/(dSn​(d)) for all distinct x,y∈Sx,y\in Sx,y∈S when n≥2n\ge2n≥2.
  5. Constant comparison: δ V(S)≥γ/(n2n−1)\delta\,V(S)\ge\gamma/(n2^{n-1})δV(S)≥γ/(n2n−1).

Significance

The result. Theorems 1 and 2 of the paper (the companion mission) establish only that the chain converges to λ\lambdaλ. Theorem 3 makes this quantitative: the deviation from uniformity decays geometrically, at a rate computable from the dimension and the shape ratio γ\gammaγ alone. It shows which features of a region govern convergence, it gives a stopping rule with a guarantee, and it holds for non-convex regions, which the later polynomial-time analyses of hit-and-run do not cover. The paper notes the bound is of practical use only in low dimension; its value lies in being explicit and fully general.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper, but parts of the proof are heuristic: the density is derived by a limit over small cubes, and the step from δ\deltaδ to γ\gammaγ uses a claim about circumscribed spheres that is false as stated (see below). A machine-checked proof would produce, as reusable components, a general-state-space Doeblin bound (no such theorem currently exists on the platform; the existing Doeblin results are finite-state), a measure-theoretic definition of hit-and-run as a Markov kernel, and the polar-coordinates computation of its density. None of these has, to our knowledge, been formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is: the density is bounded below on SSS, so Doeblin's condition holds, so the chain converges geometrically. Each step hides work. The density is not given by the algorithm but must be derived: the algorithm draws a direction and a scalar, and the change of variables from (direction, signed distance) to the endpoint is two-to-one and carries the Jacobian ∥y−x∥n−1\|y-x\|^{n-1}∥y−x∥n−1, which is where SnS_nSn​ and the factor 2 come from. The Doeblin step needs a stationary law and the fact that the chain started in SSS never leaves SSS. For non-convex SSS, the paper's "diameter along the ray" must be replaced by the measure of the line set, and the maximal chord does not bound the distance ∥y−x∥\|y-x\|∥y−x∥; the diameter of SSS is needed instead. Finally, the paper's assertion that the ball of radius d/2d/2d/2 circumscribes SSS fails already for an equilateral triangle, so the final comparison must go through the smallest enclosing ball's radius R⋆≥d/2R^\star\ge d/2R⋆≥d/2.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with Lebesgue measure. The region is a set S with IsOpen S and Bornology.IsBounded S; boundedness is the paper's standing assumption ("bounded regions").
  • The transition law is a Mathlib ProbabilityTheory.Kernel built operationally from the algorithm: the uniform law on the line set, integrated against the normalized surface measure of the unit sphere (Mathlib's Measure.toSphere, divided by its total mass nVn(1)nV_n(1)nVn​(1)). Off SSS the kernel is the identity, which the chain started in SSS never uses. The mmm-step law is the published MarkovChainCLT.iterKernel.
  • λ\lambdaλ is Lebesgue measure restricted to SSS divided by V(S)V(S)V(S). γ\gammaγ uses the infimum of radii of closed balls containing SSS; the ball is not a free parameter. δ=2/(d Sn(d))\delta=2/(d\,S_n(d))δ=2/(dSn​(d)) is defined from d=diam⁡Sd=\operatorname{diam}Sd=diamS, not assumed.
  • Deviations from the printed statement. (i) The goal assumes n≥2n\ge2n≥2: for n=1n=1n=1 the strict inequality is false (on an interval X1X_1X1​ is already uniform and γ=1\gamma=1γ=1, so both sides vanish for m≥2m\ge2m≥2). (ii) The density uses the line-set length ℓ(x,y)\ell(x,y)ℓ(x,y) instead of "the diameter of SSS along the ray", which coincides for convex SSS. (iii) The paper's d=max⁡x,yd(x,y)d=\max_{x,y}d(x,y)d=maxx,y​d(x,y) is taken as diam⁡S\operatorname{diam}SdiamS. (iv) The Doob step is stated with a kernel-form minorization rather than a lower bound on the density of the absolutely continuous part, which it is implied by, and with CCC a closed set carrying the stationary law, which is what C=SC=SC=S means inside Rn\mathbb R^nRn. (v) The final comparison is stated as δV(S)≥γ/(n2n−1)\delta V(S)\ge\gamma/(n2^{n-1})δV(S)≥γ/(n2n−1), the true inequality behind the paper's false circumscribed-sphere claim. No statement weakens the paper's constant.
  • Ruled out. The kernel is not defined through the density formula (which would make milestone 3 definitional and remove the algorithm from the goal), and neither stationarity nor a minorization is a hypothesis of the goal: Theorem 3 assumes only conditions on nnn, SSS, xxx, AAA and mmm.
  • Contributions welcome: the general Doeblin bound, the polar-coordinates density computation (useful for any line-sampling algorithm), and proofs that the kernel is Markov on SSS and reversible with respect to λ\lambdaλ.

Selected references

  • R. L. Smith, Efficient Monte Carlo Procedures for Generating Points Uniformly Distributed over Bounded Regions, Operations Research 32(6):1296–1308, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.32.6.1296
  • A. Boneh and A. Golan, Constraints' redundancy and feasible region boundedness by random feasible point generator (RFPG), Third European Congress on Operations Research (EURO III), Amsterdam, 1979.
  • J. L. Doob, Stochastic Processes, Wiley, 1953 (Case (b), p. 197).
  • L. Lovász, Hit-and-run mixes fast, Mathematical Programming 86:443–461, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/s101070050099
  • L. Lovász and S. Vempala, Hit-and-run from a corner, SIAM Journal on Computing 35(4):985–1005, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1137/S009753970544727X
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficient Monte Carlo Procedures for Generating Points Uniformly Distributed over Bounded Regions 1: Symmetric Mixing Algorithms Converge to the Uniform Distribution from Every Starting PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Sampling uniformly from a bounded region can be difficult when direct transformation of a familiar random variable is unavailable and rejection sampling spends most of its trials outside the region. Robert L. Smith studied procedures that move within the region: from the current point, choose a direction, form the line set through that point inside the region, and choose the next point uniformly on that line set. The resulting sequence is a homogeneous Markov chain. The Random Directions Algorithm, later commonly called hit-and-run, is a central instance of this construction. Smith's 1984 paper establishes conditions under which the chain approaches the uniform distribution even when its initial point is fixed rather than sampled uniformly (Smith 1984, pp. 1298–1301).

For simulation, the initial point is usually chosen because it is known to be feasible. The question is therefore whether the distribution after many moves forgets that particular choice. A stationary distribution alone does not answer this: stationarity describes what happens if the chain already starts with that distribution. Smith's Theorem 2 gives the stronger, pointwise starting-state statement for the class of symmetric mixing algorithms satisfying his two regularity assumptions (Smith 1984, p. 1301).

Setting

Let SSS be the state region and VVV its finite, nonzero content measure. In Smith's geometric setting, SSS is a bounded kkk-dimensional measurable region in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and VVV is kkk-dimensional content; at k=0k=0k=0, content is counting measure. A Markov transition kernel PPP assigns to every current point x∈Sx\in Sx∈S a probability P(x,A)P(x,A)P(x,A) of entering a measurable set A⊆SA\subseteq SA⊆S on the next move. For the associated chain (X0,X1,…)(X_0,X_1,\ldots)(X0​,X1​,…), the mmm-step transition probability is Pm(x,A)=P(Xm∈A∣X0=x)P^m(x,A)=\mathbb P(X_m\in A\mid X_0=x)Pm(x,A)=P(Xm​∈A∣X0​=x).

The uniform law is λ(A)=V(A)/V(S)\lambda(A)=V(A)/V(S)λ(A)=V(A)/V(S). Smith's Assumption (a) gives a measurable transition density f(y∣x)f(y\mid x)f(y∣x) relative to VVV:

P(x,A)=∫Af(y∣x) V(dy).P(x,A)=\int_A f(y\mid x)\,V(dy).P(x,A)=∫A​f(y∣x)V(dy).

For a symmetric mixing algorithm, the paper states that this density satisfies f(y∣x)=f(x∣y)f(y\mid x)=f(x\mid y)f(y∣x)=f(x∣y) for all x,y∈Sx,y\in Sx,y∈S. Assumption (b) says f(y∣x)>0f(y\mid x)>0f(y∣x)>0 for all such pairs. These are pointwise conditions, including states of zero VVV-measure. A nonempty measurable set AAA is closed if P(x,A)=1P(x,A)=1P(x,A)=1 for every x∈Ax\in Ax∈A. The chain is indecomposable in the paper's sense when it has no two disjoint closed sets (Smith 1984, pp. 1299–1300).

Formalization targets

Stationarity and indecomposability

Lemma 1 asserts that λ\lambdaλ is stationary: λ(A)=∫SP(x,A) λ(dx)\lambda(A)=\int_S P(x,A)\,\lambda(dx)λ(A)=∫S​P(x,A)λ(dx) for every measurable AAA. Lemma 2 excludes two disjoint closed sets. Both are direct prerequisites of the goal. Smith's Theorem 1 also establishes uniqueness of the stationary distribution and almost-sure convergence of empirical visit frequencies under a stationary start; it is described in the source, but its trajectory-level formalization is outside this proposal (Smith 1984, p. 1300).

Convergence from every starting point

The mission goal is Smith's Theorem 2. For every x∈Sx\in Sx∈S and every measurable A⊆SA\subseteq SA⊆S,

lim⁡m→∞Pm(x,A)=λ(A).\lim_{m\to\infty}P^m(x,A)=\lambda(A).m→∞lim​Pm(x,A)=λ(A).

This is the paper's explicit meaning of strongly mixing. The milestone list also records the proof's stated nonperiodicity condition: for every n≥2n\ge2n≥2, the nnn-step transition law has no two disjoint closed sets. It is a target in its own right because it concerns all higher-step kernels, not only the one-step chain (Smith 1984, p. 1301).

Significance

Theorem 2 makes the uniform law the limiting distribution of the sample at time mmm, for any fixed feasible initial point. The paper's Theorem 1 supplies a different guarantee about long-run empirical frequencies under a stationary start, although it is not a target of this proposal. Smith later specializes the framework to the Random Directions Algorithm and gives a quantitative rate under additional geometric conditions; that rate is the subject of the companion mission (Smith 1984, pp. 1303–1304).

These results are proved in the paper but the declarations in this proposal are theorem statements with sorry, not machine-checked proofs. A completed formalization would turn the paper's measure-theoretic claims into reusable statements about general measurable state spaces and kernels. The normalized content law, the density interface, and closed-set predicate can be reused when studying other Monte Carlo kernels with the same hypotheses.

Difficulty

The main obstacle is the jump from stationary behavior to convergence from every starting point. Symmetry identifies the candidate stationary law, and strict positivity limits how the chain can split into closed parts, but neither sentence by itself establishes the claimed limit of Pm(x,A)P^m(x,A)Pm(x,A). The distinction matters especially at starting points in VVV-null sets: an almost-everywhere starting-state result would leave out precisely the universal claim in Theorem 2. The paper appeals to a general-state Markov-chain convergence result for this step (Smith 1984, p. 1301).

Formalization scope

Lean uses a measurable type α\alphaα as the whole region SSS, a finite measure VVV with V(S)≠0V(S)\ne0V(S)=0, a Markov kernel PPP, and an extended-nonnegative density f:α→α→R≥0∞f:\alpha\to\alpha\to\mathbb R_{\ge0}^{\infty}f:α→α→R≥0∞​. The density is jointly measurable and is linked to PPP by the integral identity above; symmetry is pointwise, and positivity is added only for Lemma 2 and Theorems 1–2. This abstract representation retains the hypotheses those results use without fixing a particular Euclidean dimension. It covers the counting-content case as well as continuous content, although it does not construct the geometric direction-and-chord algorithm. The Random Directions kernel belongs to the companion mission.

The uniform law is normalized by V(S)V(S)V(S). Finiteness and nonzero total content prevent a meaningless inverse or an empty probability space. The mmm-step law is the published MarkovChainCLT.iterKernel. Theorem 2 quantifies over every xxx, rather than λ\lambdaλ-almost every xxx, and uses setwise convergence on each measurable AAA. No invariance, uniqueness, minorization, or convergence premise is added to the goal. Detaching fff from PPP would empty out the substantive assertion. Formal contributions can target the density-to-invariance argument, the closed-set conditions, and the general-state convergence theorem needed for the goal. The paper's separate pathwise Theorem 1 remains an appropriate later extension.

Selected references

  • Robert L. Smith, Efficient Monte Carlo Procedures for Generating Points Uniformly Distributed over Bounded Regions, Operations Research 32(6), 1296–1308, 1984. DOI: 10.1287/opre.32.6.1296.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

An Optimal Algorithm for On-line Bipartite Matching 2: No Randomized On-line Algorithm Guarantees an Expected Matching Larger Than n(1 − 1/e) + o(n)Research Paper

Motivation

An online matching algorithm must commit to each assignment when a request arrives, before it sees later requests. This limitation arises whenever waiting for the full instance is impossible: an available resource can be assigned to a current request or saved for an unknown future request. The quality of the assignment is measured by how many requests can be matched. The central question is how much the lack of future information costs, even when an algorithm uses randomness. Karp, U. Vazirani, and V. Vazirani studied this question for bipartite graphs and proved an asymptotic ceiling of 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e for the expected fraction matched by any randomized online rule on graphs with a perfect matching (Karp, Vazirani, and Vazirani, 1990).

The paper also analyzes RANKING and gives a matching asymptotic guarantee from below. This mission concerns the separate upper-bound result: the existence of hard instances for every algorithm. The upper bound matters independently of any particular proposed rule. It says that improving an algorithm's decisions cannot remove the worst-case loss due to decisions made before all columns are revealed. Its quantifiers make the adversarial model precise: the graph is selected with knowledge of the algorithm, before that algorithm's random choices are made.

Setting

There are nnn boys, represented by rows, and nnn girls, represented by columns. A bipartite graph G⊆[n]×[n]G\subseteq[n]\times[n]G⊆[n]×[n] records which boy and girl pairs may be matched. The graph is assumed to contain a perfect matching: some bijection between the two sides uses only edges of GGG. This assumption supplies an offline benchmark of nnn matches. Without it, a graph with no edges would make every upper bound on matching size empty of content.

Girls arrive one at a time. On arrival, the algorithm learns the edges incident to that girl, chooses an as-yet-unmatched adjacent boy, or declines to match her. A choice cannot later be changed. The paper labels columns so that they arrive in the order n,n−1,…,1n,n-1,\ldots,1n,n−1,…,1. A deterministic algorithm can base its action on the neighborhoods revealed so far. A randomized algorithm can additionally use internal random choices. Its performance p(A)p(A)p(A) is the minimum, over a graph with a perfect matching and a preselected arrival order, of its expected number of matches; the expectation is over its own randomness (Karp, Vazirani, and Vazirani, 1990, p. 352).

The paper's hard family begins with the complete upper-triangular graph TnT_nTn​, where row iii is adjacent to column jjj exactly when i≤ji\le ji≤j. Its columns arrive from largest to smallest. Relabeling the rows by a permutation π\piπ gives an instance TπT_\piTπ​ that still contains a perfect matching. The algorithm RANDOM takes an eligible boy uniformly whenever at least one is available. Write VTn(n,∅)V_{T_n}(n,\varnothing)VTn​​(n,∅) for RANDOM's expected number of matches on TnT_nTn​, beginning with no matched rows (Karp, Vazirani, and Vazirani, 1990, p. 357).

Formalization targets

Main theorem

For every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, there is one threshold NNN such that, for every n≥Nn\ge Nn≥N and every randomized online algorithm AAA on nnn rows and columns, a graph GGG with a perfect matching satisfies

EA[∣M(G)∣]≤(1−e−1+ε)n.\mathbb E_A[|M(G)|]\le (1-e^{-1}+\varepsilon)n.EA​[∣M(G)∣]≤(1−e−1+ε)n.

The threshold is uniform over algorithms. The graph may depend on AAA. This is the quantified upper-bound reading of Theorem 2's p(A)≤n(1−1/e)+o(n)p(A)\le n(1-1/e)+o(n)p(A)≤n(1−1/e)+o(n) (Karp, Vazirani, and Vazirani, 1990, Theorem 2).

Milestone statements

Lemma 13 identifies the average size produced by any deterministic greedy algorithm on a uniformly permuted TnT_nTn​ with RANDOM's expected size on TnT_nTn​. Lemma 14 bounds the worst-case performance of every randomized algorithm, including non-greedy algorithms, by that value. Lemma 16 identifies the value itself by the two-sided limit

lim⁡n→∞VTn(n,∅)n=1−e−1.\lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{V_{T_n}(n,\varnothing)}{n}=1-e^{-1}.n→∞lim​nVTn​​(n,∅)​=1−e−1.

Together these statements give the finite-instance comparison and the asymptotic value named in the goal (Karp, Vazirani, and Vazirani, 1990, Lemmas 13, 14, 16).

Significance

Theorem 2 limits what any randomized online matching rule can guarantee under the paper's oblivious-adversary performance measure. Since the hard graph always admits a perfect matching, the gap from nnn is caused by the order of information and the required irrevocable decisions. The statement applies to the entire algorithm class, rather than comparing two selected procedures. It therefore provides the ceiling against which the paper's lower guarantee for RANKING is measured.

Formalizing the result requires a reusable description of finite online algorithms, their visible histories, and expected matching size. It also requires a definition of uniform random choice from currently eligible rows with an explicit empty-choice case. The 1990 result is proved in the paper; the statements in this mission are targets for machine-checked proofs, not claims of an existing formal proof. The model can support later statements about other matching rules and hard-input distributions without changing the meaning of an online decision.

Difficulty

For a fixed graph, an algorithm can be designed around the graph's particular perfect matching, so one hard graph cannot simply be announced in advance for all deterministic algorithms. The theorem instead has to bound each randomized algorithm against a graph selected for that algorithm. Even then, checking the triangular graph against one rule does not establish a universal bound: different rules can respond differently to the same revealed neighborhoods. The crucial mathematical obstacle is a comparison across all such rules while preserving the restriction that future columns remain unseen. A further asymptotic step is needed to determine RANDOM's value on the triangular family, including both sides of the o(n)o(n)o(n) claim in Lemma 16.

Formalization scope

Both sides are Fin n. An edge set is a subset of row-column pairs. The published perfect-matching predicate is reused: it asks for a bijection whose every selected pair is an edge. The paper's one-based column order n,…,1n,\ldots,1n,…,1 is represented by zero-based order n−1,…,0n-1,\ldots,0n−1,…,0; arrival number zero is the largest column. A deterministic rule receives only the neighborhoods of columns that have arrived, including the current column. A randomized rule is a probability mass function on the finite set of deterministic rules, allowing arbitrary correlations among its choices. The expected size is a finite sum over that mass function.

RANDOM is represented by the conditional-expectation recursion for uniform choice among eligible rows. If none is eligible, the column remains unmatched and there is no division by zero. For n=0n=0n=0, the matching and RANDOM value are zero; the main theorem is eventual in nnn and Lemma 16's value at zero does not affect the limit. Lemma 16 uses a two-sided limit. The paper's o(n)o(n)o(n) in Theorem 2 is stated as ∀ε>0,∃N,∀n≥N\forall\varepsilon>0,\exists N,\forall n\ge N∀ε>0,∃N,∀n≥N with NNN before the algorithm, so the error is uniform across algorithms. A hard graph must contain a perfect matching; dropping this condition would let the empty graph satisfy the inequality trivially.

Useful contributions include finite probabilistic averaging, the greedy comparison, analysis of the recursive RANDOM value, and a proof joining Lemmas 14 and 16 into the uniform goal. The history and matching-run definitions are reusable for other finite online bipartite matching statements. The two numbered claims inside the paper's proof of Lemma 13 and its later remarks are outside the mission's curated milestone list.

Selected references

  • Richard M. Karp, Umesh V. Vazirani, and Vijay V. Vazirani, An Optimal Algorithm for On-line Bipartite Matching, Proceedings of the 22nd Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing, pp. 352–358, 1990. DOI: 10.1145/100216.100262.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Wait-and-Judge Scenario Optimization 1: For Convex Programs, Seeing s_N Support Constraints Gives P^N{V(x_N) > ε(s_N)} ≤ γ, the Value of the Variational Problem (10)Research Paper

Motivation

Many decision problems in control, finance and engineering must hold against an uncertain parameter δ\deltaδ whose distribution is unknown, while samples of δ\deltaδ (measurements, historical records, simulations) are available. The scenario approach replaces the uncertain constraint by the constraints of the NNN observed samples and solves the resulting convex program. The open question is then how robust its solution is: with what probability does a new, unseen δ\deltaδ violate it?

The classical answer, due to Calafiore and Campi (doi:10.1007/s10107-003-0499-y, 2005; doi:10.1109/TAC.2006.875041, 2006) and sharpened by Campi and Garatti (doi:10.1137/07069821X, 2008), is an a-priori bound: it depends only on NNN and the dimension ddd, and it is tight for the worst problems. It is conservative for the many problems whose solution is determined by far fewer than ddd samples. Campi and Garatti's wait-and-judge theorem (doi:10.1007/s10107-016-1056-9, Math. Program. 2018) replaces it by an a-posteriori certificate: after solving, count the samples that actually determine the solution and certify the solution at a level that depends on that count.

Timeline:

  • 2005–2006, Calafiore and Campi: a convex scenario program in Rd\mathbb R^dRd has at most ddd support constraints; first sample-size bounds.
  • 2008, Campi and Garatti: the exact bound PN{V(xN∗)>ϵ}≤∑i=0d−1(Ni)ϵi(1−ϵ)N−i\mathbb P^N\{V(x^*_N)>\epsilon\}\le\sum_{i=0}^{d-1}\binom Ni\epsilon^i(1-\epsilon)^{N-i}PN{V(xN∗​)>ϵ}≤∑i=0d−1​(iN​)ϵi(1−ϵ)N−i, with equality for fully-supported problems.
  • 2018, Campi and Garatti: the wait-and-judge bound, Theorem 1 below, with the 2008 bound as a corollary.

Setting

The decision variable is x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd. A problem consists of a cost vector c∈Rdc\in\mathbb R^dc∈Rd, a convex domain X⊆Rd\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd, convex constraint sets Xδ⊆Rd\mathcal X_\delta\subseteq\mathbb R^dXδ​⊆Rd indexed by δ\deltaδ in a probability space (Δ,F,P)(\Delta,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Δ,F,P), and convex tie-break functions t1,…,tpt_1,\dots,t_pt1​,…,tp​. Given an i.i.d. sample δ(1),…,δ(N)\delta^{(1)},\dots,\delta^{(N)}δ(1),…,δ(N) with N>dN>dN>d, the scenario program is

min⁡x∈X cTxsubject tox∈⋂i=1NXδ(i).\min_{x\in\mathcal X}\ c^{\mathsf T}x\quad\text{subject to}\quad x\in\bigcap_{i=1}^N\mathcal X_{\delta^{(i)}}.x∈Xmin​ cTxsubject tox∈i=1⋂N​Xδ(i)​.

Ties are broken by minimising t1t_1t1​ among the minimisers, then t2t_2t2​, and so on; the resulting solution is xN∗x^*_NxN∗​.

  • The violation of a point is V(x)=P{δ∈Δ:x∉Xδ}V(x)=\mathbb P\{\delta\in\Delta: x\notin\mathcal X_\delta\}V(x)=P{δ∈Δ:x∈/Xδ​}.
  • A constraint is a support constraint if removing it changes the solution; sN∗s^*_NsN∗​ is their number.
  • Assumption 1: for every mmm and every sample of size mmm, the program with those mmm constraints has a unique tie-broken solution.
  • Assumption 2 (non-degeneracy): for every mmm, with probability one, keeping only the support constraints does not change the solution.

The variational problem (10) is: for a function ϵ:{0,…,d}→[0,1]\epsilon:\{0,\dots,d\}\to[0,1]ϵ:{0,…,d}→[0,1],

γ∗=inf⁡ξ∈Cd[0,1]ξ(1)s.t.1k!dkdtkξ(t)≥(Nk)tN−k 1[0,1−ϵ(k))(t),  t∈[0,1], k=0,…,d.\gamma^*=\inf_{\xi\in C^d[0,1]}\xi(1)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\frac1{k!}\frac{\mathrm d^k}{\mathrm dt^k}\xi(t)\ge\binom Nk t^{N-k}\,\mathbf 1_{[0,1-\epsilon(k))}(t),\ \ t\in[0,1],\ k=0,\dots,d.γ∗=ξ∈Cd[0,1]inf​ξ(1)s.t.k!1​dtkdk​ξ(t)≥(kN​)tN−k1[0,1−ϵ(k))​(t),  t∈[0,1], k=0,…,d.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 10)

For every [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued ϵ(k)\epsilon(k)ϵ(k), under Assumptions 1 and 2,

PN{V(xN∗)>ϵ(sN∗)} ≤ γ∗.\mathbb P^N\{V(x^*_N)>\epsilon(s^*_N)\}\ \le\ \gamma^*.PN{V(xN∗​)>ϵ(sN∗​)} ≤ γ∗.

The level ϵ\epsilonϵ is evaluated at the observed number of support constraints. The goal fixes no particular ϵ\epsilonϵ, which keeps it stable under any later choice of levels.

Milestones (the proof of Theorem 1, Sect. 5.1)

  1. sm∗≤ds^*_m\le dsm∗​≤d for every sample (quoted from [7]).
  2. (14): PN{V(xN∗)>ϵ(k)∧sN∗=k}=(Nk) PN{A}\mathbb P^N\{V(x^*_N)>\epsilon(k)\wedge s^*_N=k\}=\binom Nk\,\mathbb P^N\{A\}PN{V(xN∗​)>ϵ(k)∧sN∗​=k}=(kN​)PN{A}, where AAA adds "the first kkk constraints are of support".
  3. A=BA=BA=B up to a null set, where BBB concerns the program on the first kkk samples.
  4. (16): PN{A}=∫(ϵ(k),1](1−v)N−k dFk(v)\mathbb P^N\{A\}=\int_{(\epsilon(k),1]}(1-v)^{N-k}\,\mathrm dF_k(v)PN{A}=∫(ϵ(k),1]​(1−v)N−kdFk​(v), with Fk(v)=Pk{V(xk∗)≤v∧sk∗=k}F_k(v)=\mathbb P^k\{V(x^*_k)\le v\wedge s^*_k=k\}Fk​(v)=Pk{V(xk∗​)≤v∧sk∗​=k}.
  5. (17): PN{V(xN∗)>ϵ(sN∗)}=∑k=0d(Nk)∫(ϵ(k),1](1−v)N−k dFk(v)\mathbb P^N\{V(x^*_N)>\epsilon(s^*_N)\}=\sum_{k=0}^d\binom Nk\int_{(\epsilon(k),1]}(1-v)^{N-k}\,\mathrm dF_k(v)PN{V(xN∗​)>ϵ(sN∗​)}=∑k=0d​(kN​)∫(ϵ(k),1]​(1−v)N−kdFk​(v).
  6. (18): ∑k=0min⁡{m,d}(mk)∫[0,1](1−v)m−k dFk(v)=1\sum_{k=0}^{\min\{m,d\}}\binom mk\int_{[0,1]}(1-v)^{m-k}\,\mathrm dF_k(v)=1∑k=0min{m,d}​(km​)∫[0,1]​(1−v)m−kdFk​(v)=1 for every mmm.
  7. Weak duality between the truncated moment problem (20) and its dual (21), giving (22).
  8. (23): 1k!dkdtktm=(mk)tm−k\frac1{k!}\frac{\mathrm d^k}{\mathrm dt^k}t^m=\binom mk t^{m-k}k!1​dtkdk​tm=(km​)tm−k for m≥km\ge km≥k, and 000 otherwise.
  9. (24): the infimum of p(1)p(1)p(1) over polynomials feasible for (10) equals γ∗\gamma^*γ∗.

Companions

  • Theorem 2 (p. 11): for β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) and ϵ(k)=1−t(k)\epsilon(k)=1-t(k)ϵ(k)=1−t(k), with t(k)t(k)t(k) the unique root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) of βN+1∑m=kN(mk)tm−k−(Nk)tN−k=0\frac{\beta}{N+1}\sum_{m=k}^N\binom mk t^{m-k}-\binom Nk t^{N-k}=0N+1β​∑m=kN​(km​)tm−k−(kN​)tN−k=0, the probability is at most β\betaβ.
  • The root lemma of Sect. 5.3, including its sign and divergence claims.
  • γ∗≤∑i<d(Ni)ϵi(1−ϵ)N−i\gamma^*\le\sum_{i<d}\binom Ni\epsilon^i(1-\epsilon)^{N-i}γ∗≤∑i<d​(iN​)ϵi(1−ϵ)N−i for constant ϵ\epsilonϵ (Sect. 5.2).
  • Corollary 1, the 2008 bound.

Significance

Theorem 1 turns the number of support constraints, which is observed after solving, into a confidence statement that holds uniformly over all convex problems and all distributions. With Theorem 2's choice of ϵ(k)\epsilon(k)ϵ(k), a user who finds k≪dk\ll dk≪d support constraints obtains a level ϵ(k)\epsilon(k)ϵ(k) comparable to that of a kkk-dimensional problem, which is far below the a-priori level for dimension ddd. The classical bound (2) is recovered as Corollary 1, so Theorem 1 contains the earlier theory.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization produces:

  • a formal account of scenario programs with lexicographic tie-break and of support constraints in the "changes the solution" sense;
  • the exchangeability argument (14) on product measures;
  • the representation (17) of a tail probability through generalized distribution functions;
  • a weak-duality argument for a generalized moment problem. The 2008 bound itself is posed on the platform as an open problem under other hypotheses; Corollary 1 states it under this paper's assumptions.

Difficulty

The obvious approach bounds the probability for each value of sN∗s^*_NsN∗​ separately by a binomial tail, then sums. This fails: the event sN∗=ks^*_N=ksN∗​=k is not known in advance, and summing the individual bounds over kkk loses the uniformity that makes the result useful. The paper instead characterises every convex problem by the (d+1)(d+1)(d+1)-tuple (F0,…,Fd)(F_0,\dots,F_d)(F0​,…,Fd​). It then maximises (17) over all tuples satisfying the infinitely many moment conditions (18), which is a generalized moment problem in d+1d+1d+1 measures, and solves it by duality.

Two steps carry most of the work. One is the almost-sure identity A=BA=BA=B, which depends on the precise interplay of Assumptions 1 and 2 with the tie-break. The other is passing from the polynomial dual problems to the variational problem (10), which needs a density argument in Cd[0,1]C^d[0,1]Cd[0,1]. The bound sN∗≤ds^*_N\le dsN∗​≤d itself is quoted from the earlier literature; it needs a Helly-type argument adapted to the lexicographic tie-break.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces. The decision space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with its Borel σ-algebra, and samples are Fin N → Δ, indexed from 000. P\mathbb PP is a probability measure and PN\mathbb P^NPN is the product measure.
  • Tie-break. The tie-broken solution is the lexicographic minimiser of (cTx,t1(x),…,tp(x))(c^{\mathsf T}x,t_1(x),\dots,t_p(x))(cTx,t1​(x),…,tp​(x)) and depends only on the feasible set, which is what makes the exchangeability step valid. A support constraint is one whose removal changes this solution; this is not the platform's earlier "removal lowers the cost" notion.
  • Assumptions. Assumption 1 is required for every sample, Assumption 2 almost surely.
  • Measurability. The paper takes measurability for granted (footnote 1). Here it is two explicit hypotheses: the relation {(x,δ):x∈Xδ}\{(x,\delta):x\in\mathcal X_\delta\}{(x,δ):x∈Xδ​} is measurable, and every solution map ω↦xm∗(ω)\omega\mapsto x^*_m(\omega)ω↦xm∗​(ω) is measurable. No event is assumed measurable directly.
  • FkF_kFk​. FkF_kFk​ is the finite measure on R\mathbb RR given by the law of V(xk∗)V(x^*_k)V(xk∗​) on the event {sk∗=k}\{s^*_k=k\}{sk∗​=k}; it is not normalised.
  • Problem (10). Cd[0,1]C^d[0,1]Cd[0,1] is ContDiffOn ℝ d on [0,1][0,1][0,1], with derivatives taken within [0,1][0,1][0,1]. γ∗\gamma^*γ∗ is a real infimum over a set that is nonempty (ξ(t)=tN\xi(t)=t^Nξ(t)=tN) and bounded below by 000.
  • Probabilities are compared with real quantities through ENNReal.ofReal.
  • Theorem 2 is stated for every ϵ\epsilonϵ whose values 1−ϵ(k)1-\epsilon(k)1−ϵ(k) are roots of (11) in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), which by its first part is the paper's ϵ\epsilonϵ.
  • Added hypothesis. The constant-ϵ\epsilonϵ companion assumes d≥1d\ge1d≥1: at d=0d=0d=0, ϵ=0\epsilon=0ϵ=0 its inequality is false.

Ruled-out trivializations:

  • The solution is never a free function of the sample.
  • The goal does not mention FkF_kFk​, moments or polynomials.
  • Assumption 1 is not weakened to almost surely.
  • N>dN>dN>d is kept on Theorems 1, 2 and Corollary 1.
  • The indicators keep the paper's open and closed ends: [0,1−ϵ(k))[0,1-\epsilon(k))[0,1−ϵ(k)) in (10), (ϵ(k),1](\epsilon(k),1](ϵ(k),1] in (16)–(21).

Contributions welcome:

  • the support-constraint bound under lexicographic tie-break, which is reusable for any convex scenario result;
  • the exchangeability lemma on Measure.pi;
  • the duality and density lemmas, which are pure analysis.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, Wait-and-judge scenario optimization, Mathematical Programming 167 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-1056-9
  • G. C. Calafiore, M. C. Campi, Uncertain convex programs: randomized solutions and confidence levels, Mathematical Programming 102 (2005). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0499-y
  • G. C. Calafiore, M. C. Campi, The scenario approach to robust control design, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 51 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2006.875041
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, The exact feasibility of randomized solutions of uncertain convex programs, SIAM Journal on Optimization 19 (2008). https://doi.org/10.1137/07069821X
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

The Chromatic Number of Random Graphs: For Fixed 0 < p < 1, Almost Every G(n,p) Has n/s₀ ≤ χ(G) ≤ (n/s₀)(1 + 3 log log n / log n), where s₀ ≈ 2 log_d n and d = 1/(1−p)Research Paper

Motivation

The chromatic number χ(G)\chi(G)χ(G) of a graph is the least number of colours in a proper vertex colouring. Determining it for a typical graph was, in the words of the paper, "one of the best known and most studied unsolved problems in the theory of random graphs". For the dense random graph Gn,pG_{n,p}Gn,p​ with fixed edge probability ppp, the clique number had been known precisely since the 1970s, but the chromatic number was known only up to a factor of 222.

Timeline:

  • 1975. Grimmett and McDiarmid (doi:10.1017/S0305004100051124) proved that almost every Gn,pG_{n,p}Gn,p​ satisfies n2log⁡dn(1+o(1))≤χ(Gn,p)≤nlog⁡dn(1+o(1))\frac{n}{2\log_d n}(1+o(1))\le\chi(G_{n,p})\le\frac{n}{\log_d n}(1+o(1))2logd​nn​(1+o(1))≤χ(Gn,p​)≤logd​nn​(1+o(1)), with d=1/(1−p)d=1/(1-p)d=1/(1−p). The lower bound comes from the independence number; the upper bound from the greedy algorithm.
  • 1976. Bollobás and Erdős (doi:10.1017/S0305004100053056) determined the clique number of Gn,pG_{n,p}Gn,p​ up to two consecutive values, and slightly sharpened the bounds above.
  • 1987. Matula (Combinatorica 7) improved the upper bound to 2n3log⁡dn(1+o(1))\frac{2n}{3\log_d n}(1+o(1))3logd​n2n​(1+o(1)). Shamir and Spencer (Combinatorica 7) proved that χ(Gn,p)\chi(G_{n,p})χ(Gn,p​) is concentrated on an interval of length ω(n)n\omega(n)\sqrt nω(n)n​, without locating that interval.
  • 1988. Bollobás (this paper, doi:10.1007/BF02122551) showed that the lower bound is the truth: χ(Gn,p)=(1+o(1)) n/(2log⁡dn)\chi(G_{n,p})=(1+o(1))\,n/(2\log_d n)χ(Gn,p​)=(1+o(1))n/(2logd​n) for almost every Gn,pG_{n,p}Gn,p​.

Setting

Let n≥1n\ge 1n≥1, let V=[n]V=[n]V=[n], and let N=(n2)N=\binom n2N=(2n​). For a fixed real 0<p<10<p<10<p<1, the random graph Gp=Gn,pG_p=G_{n,p}Gp​=Gn,p​ includes each of the NNN pairs of vertices as an edge independently with probability ppp. A graph GGG on VVV with e(G)e(G)e(G) edges thus occurs with probability pe(G)(1−p)N−e(G)p^{e(G)}(1-p)^{N-e(G)}pe(G)(1−p)N−e(G). A property of graphs holds for almost every GpG_pGp​ if its probability tends to 111 as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞.

Put q=1−pq=1-pq=1−p and d=1/qd=1/qd=1/q. Write log⁡\loglog for the natural logarithm and [x][x][x] for the integer part of xxx, and set

s0=[ 2log⁡dn−log⁡dlog⁡dn+2log⁡d(e/2)+1 ].s_0=\bigl[\,2\log_d n-\log_d\log_d n+2\log_d(e/2)+1\,\bigr].s0​=[2logd​n−logd​logd​n+2logd​(e/2)+1].

s0s_0s0​ is slightly larger than the independence number of GpG_pGp​, which is about 2log⁡dn−2log⁡dlog⁡dn2\log_d n-2\log_d\log_d n2logd​n−2logd​logd​n.

Supporting objects: E(n,r)=(nr)p(r2)E(n,r)=\binom nr p^{\binom r2}E(n,r)=(rn​)p(2r​) is the expected number of rrr-cliques of Gn,pG_{n,p}Gn,p​, and Eq(n,r)E_q(n,r)Eq​(n,r) is the same with qqq for ppp. XXX is the maximal number of pairwise edge-disjoint KrK^rKr subgraphs, and X′X'X′ is the number of KrK^rKr subgraphs that share no edge with any other KrK^rKr. Finally s1=s0−⌊5log⁡dlog⁡n⌋s_1=s_0-\lfloor 5\log_d\log n\rfloors1​=s0​−⌊5logd​logn⌋.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

P(ns0≤χ(Gp)≤ns0(1+3log⁡log⁡nlog⁡n))⟶1(n→∞).\mathbb P\Bigl(\frac n{s_0}\le\chi(G_p)\le\frac n{s_0}\Bigl(1+\frac{3\log\log n}{\log n}\Bigr)\Bigr)\longrightarrow 1\qquad(n\to\infty).P(s0​n​≤χ(Gp​)≤s0​n​(1+logn3loglogn​))⟶1(n→∞).

Both bounds are part of the goal. The companion statement χ(Gp)=(n/s0)(1+o(1))\chi(G_p)=(n/s_0)(1+o(1))χ(Gp​)=(n/s0​)(1+o(1)) for almost every GpG_pGp​ is a separate item.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (a martingale inequality the paper attributes to Freedman). If ∣Xk+1−Xk∣≤c|X_{k+1}-X_k|\le c∣Xk+1​−Xk​∣≤c, b=mc2b=mc^2b=mc2 and a>0a>0a>0, then P(Xm≤EXm−a)≤(ba+b)a+bea≤exp⁡{−a2/2(a+b)}\mathbb P(X_m\le\mathbb E X_m-a)\le\bigl(\tfrac b{a+b}\bigr)^{a+b}e^a\le\exp\{-a^2/2(a+b)\}P(Xm​≤EXm​−a)≤(a+bb​)a+bea≤exp{−a2/2(a+b)}.
  2. Adding one edge changes XXX by at most one. Hence (5): P(X≤EX−a)≤exp⁡{−a2/2(a+N)}\mathbb P(X\le\mathbb EX-a)\le\exp\{-a^2/2(a+N)\}P(X≤EX−a)≤exp{−a2/2(a+N)}.
  3. (6), (8), (9): E(X′)≥(1+o(1))E(n,r)\mathbb E(X')\ge(1+o(1))E(n,r)E(X′)≥(1+o(1))E(n,r) when E(n,r)=nαE(n,r)=n^\alphaE(n,r)=nα, α≥12\alpha\ge\tfrac12α≥21​, nα=o(n2/(log⁡n)4)n^\alpha=o(n^2/(\log n)^4)nα=o(n2/(logn)4).
  4. Theorem 2: under those hypotheses, P(Yr≤(1−c)nα)≤exp⁡{−(c2+o(1))n2α−2}\mathbb P(Y_r\le(1-c)n^\alpha)\le\exp\{-(c^2+o(1))n^{2\alpha-2}\}P(Yr​≤(1−c)nα)≤exp{−(c2+o(1))n2α−2} for 0<c≤10<c\le10<c≤1, where YrY_rYr​ is the number of rrr-cliques.
  5. Corollary 3: under explicit growth conditions on n′n'n′ and r′r'r′, almost every GpG_pGp​ has a Kr′K^{r'}Kr′ in every n′n'n′-subset of vertices.
  6. The complement of GpG_pGp​ is GqG_qGq​, and almost no GqG_qGq​ contains Ks0+1K^{s_0+1}Ks0​+1. This gives the lower bound.
  7. The choice of n1n_1n1​ with 2n15/3≤Eq(n1,s1)≤3n15/32n_1^{5/3}\le E_q(n_1,s_1)\le3n_1^{5/3}2n15/3​≤Eq​(n1​,s1​)≤3n15/3​ and n1=O(n/(log⁡n)2)n_1=O(n/(\log n)^2)n1​=O(n/(logn)2); the greedy colouring bound χ≤n/s1+n1\chi\le n/s_1+n_1χ≤n/s1​+n1​; and the final inequality n/s1+n1<(n/s0)(1+3log⁡log⁡n/log⁡n)n/s_1+n_1<(n/s_0)(1+3\log\log n/\log n)n/s1​+n1​<(n/s0​)(1+3loglogn/logn).

Significance

Theorem 4 settles the first-order asymptotics of χ(Gn,p)\chi(G_{n,p})χ(Gn,p​) for constant ppp: χ(Gn,p)∼n/(2log⁡dn)\chi(G_{n,p})\sim n/(2\log_d n)χ(Gn,p​)∼n/(2logd​n). It shows that the trivial lower bound n/α(G)n/\alpha(G)n/α(G) is asymptotically tight. It also shows that greedy colouring, which uses about twice as many colours, is far from optimal. The method also became standard: concentration of a cleverly chosen packing variable, combined with the edge-exposure martingale. It reappears in Łuczak's extension to sparse random graphs and in the later literature on the concentration of χ(Gn,p)\chi(G_{n,p})χ(Gn,p​).

The theorem has been proved since 1988 and is textbook material (Bollobás, Random Graphs; Alon–Spencer, The Probabilistic Method). As of this mission it has no machine-checked proof in Mathlib. A formal proof would add:

  • a reusable finite model of G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) on SimpleGraph (Fin n);
  • a lower-tail martingale inequality of Freedman type;
  • the first formal treatment of the edge-exposure martingale;
  • a careful audit of the paper's constants, several of which are misprinted (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The natural first attempt is to colour greedily and to control the independence number of every large vertex set by a union bound. It fails. The probability that a fixed set of n′n'n′ vertices has no independent set of size about 2log⁡dn′2\log_d n'2logd​n′ is not small enough to beat the (nn′)\binom n{n'}(n′n​) sets. The second moment method gives only a polynomially small failure probability, and that is what limits earlier results to a constant factor.

The paper needs a failure probability of order exp⁡(−n′1+δ)\exp(-n'^{1+\delta})exp(−n′1+δ) for the absence of a large independent set. Two difficulties block this:

  • The number YrY_rYr​ of rrr-cliques is not a Lipschitz function of the edges: one edge can lie in many cliques.
  • Its concentration is therefore not available from a bounded-differences inequality.

Replacing YrY_rYr​ by the edge-disjoint packing number XXX restores the Lipschitz property. The price is a lower bound on EX\mathbb E XEX, which requires the count X′X'X′ of "isolated" cliques and a delicate estimate of the overlap sums ∑lFl\sum_l F_l∑l​Fl​. These estimates depend on rrr being within O(1)O(1)O(1) of the clique number, so the asymptotics of r1(n)r_1(n)r1​(n) and of the binomial coefficients must be controlled uniformly in nnn.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Vertices are Fin n, graphs are SimpleGraph (Fin n), and G(n,p)G(n,p)G(n,p) is given by explicit finite sums: the weight pe(G)(1−p)N−e(G)p^{e(G)}(1-p)^{N-e(G)}pe(G)(1−p)N−e(G), probabilities and expectations. No measure is built for the random graph. "Almost every" is Tendsto (fun n => P_n) atTop (𝓝 1). Lemma 1 alone is stated on an arbitrary probability space with a Mathlib Filtration and Martingale.
  • Fixed ppp. ppp is a real constant with 0<p<10<p<10<p<1, the standing assumption of §1, and never depends on nnn.
  • Asymptotic notation. o(1)o(1)o(1) is an explicit sequence εn→0\varepsilon_n\to0εn​→0, quantified after every parameter the page fixes. f=o(g)f=o(g)f=o(g) is Asymptotics.IsLittleO. Hypotheses on nnn-indexed sequences hold for all large nnn, because E(n,r)=nαE(n,r)=n^\alphaE(n,r)=nα cannot hold for small nnn.
  • Conventions. χ\chiχ is Mathlib's chromaticNumber, which is finite on Fin n and converted to ℕ. s0,s1s_0,s_1s0​,s1​ are integers built with Int.floor and Real.logb d. For small nnn they take junk values that no asymptotic statement depends on.
  • Corrected misprints, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:
    • Theorem 2's exponent is stated as in the last display of its proof, exp⁡{−(c2+o(1))n2α−2}\exp\{-(c^2+o(1))n^{2\alpha-2}\}exp{−(c2+o(1))n2α−2}.
    • (6) omits a factor P(A)\mathbb P(A)P(A); the inequality is stated without conditioning.
    • The "maximal" n1n_1n1​ should be minimal; only its existence is stated.
    • The printed n1≤n/(log⁡n)2n_1\le n/(\log n)^2n1​≤n/(logn)2 is false with constant 111 and is replaced by n1≤Cn/(log⁡n)2n_1\le Cn/(\log n)^2n1​≤Cn/(logn)2 for some C>0C>0C>0.
    • The last display has n/s1n/s_1n/s1​ on its right-hand side; it is stated with n/s0n/s_0n/s0​, which is what Theorem 4 requires.
  • Added hypotheses. Lemma 1 assumes X0X_0X0​ almost surely constant, without which it is false at m=0m=0m=0; this matches the paper's application. The greedy colouring assumes s≥1s\ge1s≥1.
  • Not trivializable. The goal mentions only χ\chiχ, s0s_0s0​ and the random graph. It contains no martingale, packing number, s1s_1s1​ or n1n_1n1​. It keeps both bounds, so neither the well-known lower bound alone nor the asymptotic companion suffices.
  • Infrastructure needed and reusable:
    • the identity ∑Gpe(G)(1−p)N−e(G)=1\sum_G p^{e(G)}(1-p)^{N-e(G)}=1∑G​pe(G)(1−p)N−e(G)=1, and the marginalization over a fixed edge set;
    • the edge-exposure martingale on SimpleGraph (Fin n);
    • a one-sided Freedman/Bennett inequality, for which Mathlib's conditional sub-Gaussian MGF bounds are a natural starting point;
    • Stirling-type estimates for (nr)p(r2)\binom nr p^{\binom r2}(rn​)p(2r​) near the clique number.

Contributions to any of these are welcome, as are independent proofs of the deterministic milestones (greedy colouring, the final inequality, the complement identity).

Selected references

  • B. Bollobás, The chromatic number of random graphs, Combinatorica 8 (1988) 49–55. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02122551
  • G. R. Grimmett and C. J. H. McDiarmid, On colouring random graphs, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 77 (1975) 313–324. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100051124
  • B. Bollobás and P. Erdős, Cliques in random graphs, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 80 (1976) 419–427. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100053056
  • D. W. Matula, Expose-and-merge exploration and the chromatic number of a random graph, Combinatorica 7 (1987).
  • E. Shamir and J. Spencer, Sharp concentration of the chromatic number on random graphs Gn,pG_{n,p}Gn,p​, Combinatorica 7 (1987).
  • D. A. Freedman, On tail probabilities for martingales, Ann. Probab. 3 (1975) 100–118. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996452
  • K. Azuma, Weighted sums of certain dependent random variables, Tôhoku Math. J. 19 (1967) 357–367. https://doi.org/10.2748/tmj/1178243286
  • B. Bollobás, Random Graphs, Academic Press, 1985.
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Stochastic Matching: Beating 1-1/e 1: When OPT = Ω(n), the Two Suggested Matchings Algorithm Achieves ALG/OPT ≥ (1 − 2/e²)/(4/3 − 2/(3e)) − ε ≈ 0.670 with Probability 1 − e^(−Ω(n))Research Paper

Motivation

Online bipartite matching models a platform that must commit each arriving request to a resource immediately. The motivating application of Feldman, Mehta, Mirrokni and Muthukrishnan is display advertising: an ad server knows from past traffic how many impressions of each type (web page, audience segment) to expect, sells them to advertisers in advance, and must assign each impression to an interested advertiser the moment a user loads the page. The goal is to fill as many contracted impressions as possible.

When arrivals are chosen by an adversary, the best ratio an online algorithm can guarantee is 1−1/e≈0.6321 - 1/e \approx 0.6321−1/e≈0.632, achieved by the RANKING algorithm of Karp, Vazirani and Vazirani (STOC 1990). The ad server, however, is not facing an adversary: it has a forecast. The i.i.d. model captures this: the graph and the distribution of impression types are known in advance, and the impressions are independent draws. The paper asks whether this knowledge allows an online algorithm to beat 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e, and answers yes.

Timeline.

  • 1990: Karp, Vazirani and Vazirani give RANKING, with ratio 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e for adversarial arrivals, and show this is optimal in that model.
  • 2005: Mehta, Saberi, Vazirani and Vazirani obtain 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e for the budgeted AdWords generalization.
  • 2009: Feldman, Mehta, Mirrokni and Muthukrishnan (arXiv:0905.4100, FOCS 2009) show that in the i.i.d. model the two suggested matchings algorithm achieves about 0.6700.6700.670 with high probability when OPT is linear in nnn, the first ratio above 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e for this model, and that no online algorithm reaches 26/2726/2726/27 in expectation.

Setting

An instance is a bipartite graph G=(A,I,E)G = (A, I, E)G=(A,I,E) with a finite set AAA of advertisers, a finite set III of impression types, and edges E⊆A×IE \subseteq A \times IE⊆A×I recording which advertisers want which types. The mission treats the case analysed throughout §4.2 of the paper, in which one impression of each type is expected (ei=1e_i = 1ei​=1). So n=∣I∣n = |I|n=∣I∣ impressions arrive one at a time, with types ω(0),…,ω(n−1)\omega(0), \dots, \omega(n-1)ω(0),…,ω(n−1) drawn independently and uniformly from III. On arrival an impression must be assigned at once and irrevocably to a still unassigned advertiser adjacent to its type, or discarded. ALG(ω)\mathrm{ALG}(\omega)ALG(ω) is the number of impressions an algorithm assigns. OPT(ω)\mathrm{OPT}(\omega)OPT(ω) is the size of a maximum matching of the realization graph, which has one node per arrival ttt, joined to every advertiser aaa with (a,ω(t))∈E(a, \omega(t)) \in E(a,ω(t))∈E.

The two suggested matchings (TSM) algorithm works offline first. Its boosted flow graph GfG_fGf​ has a source arc of capacity 222 into every advertiser, a unit-capacity arc along every edge of EEE, and an arc of capacity 222 from every type to a sink. The algorithm takes the edge set EfE_fEf​ of an integral maximum flow. Every vertex then has at most two edges of EfE_fEf​, so EfE_fEf​ splits into vertex-disjoint paths and cycles. The algorithm colours each component blue and red:

  • on cycles, the colours alternate;
  • on odd paths, the colours alternate, with more blue than red;
  • on even paths between advertisers, the colours alternate;
  • on even paths between types, the first two edges are blue, then the colours alternate, ending in blue.

Online, the first arrival of type iii tries the advertiser along iii's blue edge, the second tries the one along its red edge, and later arrivals are discarded. A tried advertiser that is already taken is not reassigned. The advertisers fall into four classes by their coloured edges: ABRA_{BR}ABR​ (one blue, one red), ABBA_{BB}ABB​ (two blue), ABA_BAB​ (one blue only) and ARA_RAR​ (one red only).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5, first sentence, ei=1e_i = 1ei​=1

Let

α=1−2/e24/3−2/(3e)≈0.67029.\alpha = \frac{1 - 2/e^2}{4/3 - 2/(3e)} \approx 0.67029 .α=4/3−2/(3e)1−2/e2​≈0.67029.

The goal has three parts. First, every maximum flow edge set admits a colouring that follows the rules. Second, for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 and c>0c > 0c>0 there are δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 and NNN such that, for every instance with n≥Nn \ge Nn≥N, every maximum flow edge set and every rule-following colouring,

Pr⁡ω[ OPT≥c n  ⟹  ALG≥(α−ε) OPT ]  ≥  1−e−δn.\Pr_\omega\big[\ \mathrm{OPT} \ge c\,n \implies \mathrm{ALG} \ge (\alpha - \varepsilon)\,\mathrm{OPT}\ \big] \;\ge\; 1 - e^{-\delta n}.ωPr​[ OPT≥cn⟹ALG≥(α−ε)OPT ]≥1−e−δn.

Third, α>1−1/e\alpha > 1 - 1/eα>1−1/e.

Milestones

  1. Facts 1 and 2: concentration for two balls-in-bins statistics.
  2. The note of §4.2.1: each type has no coloured edge, one blue edge, or one blue and one red edge.
  3. Equation (1): ∣Ef∣=2∣ABR∣+2∣ABB∣+∣AB∣+∣AR∣|E_f| = 2|A_{BR}| + 2|A_{BB}| + |A_B| + |A_R|∣Ef​∣=2∣ABR​∣+2∣ABB​∣+∣AB​∣+∣AR​∣.
  4. Equation (2): with high probability, ALG≥(1−1/e2)∣ABB∣+(1−2/e2)∣ABR∣+(1−3/(2e))(∣AB∣+∣AR∣)−4εn\mathrm{ALG} \ge (1 - 1/e^2)|A_{BB}| + (1 - 2/e^2)|A_{BR}| + (1 - 3/(2e))(|A_B| + |A_R|) - 4\varepsilon nALG≥(1−1/e2)∣ABB​∣+(1−2/e2)∣ABR​∣+(1−3/(2e))(∣AB​∣+∣AR​∣)−4εn.
  5. Equation (3): ∣Ef∣=2(∣AT∣+∣IS∣)+∣Eδ∣|E_f| = 2(|A_T| + |I_S|) + |E_\delta|∣Ef​∣=2(∣AT​∣+∣IS​∣)+∣Eδ​∣ for the surgered residual cut (S,T)(S,T)(S,T) of GfG_fGf​.
  6. Equation (4): with high probability, OPT≤∣ABR∣+∣ABB∣+12(∣AB∣+∣AR∣)+(12−1e)∣Eδ∣+εn\mathrm{OPT} \le |A_{BR}| + |A_{BB}| + \tfrac12(|A_B| + |A_R|) + (\tfrac12 - \tfrac1e)|E_\delta| + \varepsilon nOPT≤∣ABR​∣+∣ABB​∣+21​(∣AB​∣+∣AR​∣)+(21​−e1​)∣Eδ​∣+εn.
  7. Lemma 1: ∣Eδ∣≤23∣ABR∣+43∣ABB∣+∣AB∣+13∣AR∣|E_\delta| \le \tfrac23|A_{BR}| + \tfrac43|A_{BB}| + |A_B| + \tfrac13|A_R|∣Eδ​∣≤32​∣ABR​∣+34​∣ABB​∣+∣AB​∣+31​∣AR​∣.

Significance

The theorem separates the i.i.d. model from the adversarial one: knowing the distribution is worth a constant factor above 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e. The suggested matching algorithm of the same paper (Theorem 4) shows that following a single offline matching gets exactly 1−1/e1 - 1/e1−1/e, so the second, red matching is what crosses the barrier. The paper's question started a line of work on the i.i.d. and random-order models, with later improvements to the constant by other authors under further assumptions.

The result has a written proof but, as far as the platform record shows, no machine-checked one. The mission formalizes the paper's own argument: the flow-and-colouring construction, the balls-in-bins concentration facts, the cut-based bound on OPT and the combinatorial Lemma 1. It also fixes two slips in the printed statements (see Formalization scope). The pieces are reusable beyond this paper. The occupancy concentration (Fact 1) and the satisfied-sequences bound (Fact 2) recur in analyses of online algorithms with stochastic input. The degree-capped flow encoding and its path/cycle decomposition are standard tools for 2-matchings.

Difficulty

The upper bound on OPT is the delicate part. A cut of the flow graph bounds the maximum matching of the realization graph only after a second surgery that depends on the random arrivals. Its size must then be compared with the colour classes, which are defined by a different structure (the components of EfE_fEf​). Lemma 1 bridges the two, and it depends on the exact colouring rules: a colouring that only satisfies local degree conditions can put red edges at both ends of an even advertiser path, which breaks the inequality ∣AB∣≥∣AR∣|A_B| \ge |A_R|∣AB​∣≥∣AR​∣ behind (2). On the probabilistic side, the advertisers of ABRA_{BR}ABR​ share impression types with each other, so the success events are dependent, and Fact 2 needs a bounded-differences argument in which one ball affects up to ddd sequences.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace OnlineStochMatching.TSM. Advertisers and types are finite types A I : Type, and EEE is a Finset (A × I). Probabilities are counting ratios #{ω:Fin n→I∣P ω}/∣I∣n\#\{\omega : \mathrm{Fin}\ n \to I \mid P\,\omega\}/|I|^n#{ω:Fin n→I∣Pω}/∣I∣n, so there are no measurability side conditions. OPT is a maximum over the finite, nonempty set of partial injective assignments. An integral flow of GfG_fGf​ is its set of saturated middle edges, i.e. a subset of EEE with at most two edges per vertex; EfE_fEf​ is such a set of maximum cardinality. A colouring is given by a listing of the components of EfE_fEf​ as vertex sequences. Every theorem quantifies over every maximum EfE_fEf​ and every colouring the rules allow, since the paper fixes neither.

The paper's asymptotic phrases are replaced by explicit quantifiers that come from its own proofs:

  • "with probability 1−e−Ω(n)1 - e^{-\Omega(n)}1−e−Ω(n)" and "with high probability" (Theorem 5, (2), (4)) become: ∃ δ>0, ∃ N\exists\, \delta > 0,\ \exists\, N∃δ>0, ∃N, chosen before the instance, with probability at least 1−e−δn1 - e^{-\delta n}1−e−δn for all n≥Nn \ge Nn≥N;
  • "as long as OPT =Ω(n)= \Omega(n)=Ω(n)" becomes the event OPT≥c n\mathrm{OPT} \ge c\,nOPT≥cn for an arbitrary c>0c > 0c>0 fixed before δ\deltaδ and NNN;
  • the O(1)O(1)O(1) term in the bound on ∣Aδ∗∣|A^*_\delta|∣Aδ∗​∣ (p. 8) is absorbed into εn\varepsilon nεn for n≥Nn \ge Nn≥N.

Corrections to the printed statements:

  • Theorem 5 prints ALG/OPT−ϵ≥α\mathrm{ALG}/\mathrm{OPT} - \epsilon \ge \alphaALG/OPT−ϵ≥α; the proof concludes ALG/OPT+ϵ≥α\mathrm{ALG}/\mathrm{OPT} + \epsilon \ge \alphaALG/OPT+ϵ≥α, so the goal states ALG≥(α−ε)OPT\mathrm{ALG} \ge (\alpha - \varepsilon)\mathrm{OPT}ALG≥(α−ε)OPT;
  • Fact 1 prints the failure probability 2e−ϵn/22e^{-\epsilon n/2}2e−ϵn/2; its proof gives 2e−ϵ2n/22e^{-\epsilon^2 n/2}2e−ϵ2n/2, which is used;
  • Fact 2 states two hypotheses its proof uses: the bins of a sequence are distinct, and c2<nc^2 < nc2<n.

The ratio is multiplied out, so no division by OPT occurs. A colouring condition that is unsatisfiable, or a flow set that is not maximum, would make the goal vacuous or false; part (a) of the goal rules out the first, and every statement requires maximality. Not included: the reduction to general integer eie_iei​ (§4.2.4), the tightness sentence of Theorem 5 (§4.2.5), and footnote 7's variant of the algorithm.

Useful infrastructure: bounded-differences (McDiarmid/Azuma) inequalities for functions of i.i.d. uniform variables, which exist on the platform as separate theorems; path/cycle decomposition of graphs of maximum degree two; and max-flow min-cut for unit-capacity bipartite networks. Contributions are welcome on Facts 1 and 2 independently of the combinatorics, and on Lemma 1 and equations (1) and (3), which are deterministic.

Selected references

  • J. Feldman, A. Mehta, V. Mirrokni, S. Muthukrishnan, Online Stochastic Matching: Beating 1-1/e, FOCS 2009; arXiv:0905.4100v1. https://arxiv.org/abs/0905.4100
  • R. M. Karp, U. V. Vazirani, V. V. Vazirani, An optimal algorithm for on-line bipartite matching, STOC 1990. https://doi.org/10.1145/100216.100262
  • A. Mehta, A. Saberi, U. Vazirani, V. Vazirani, AdWords and generalized online matching, FOCS 2005; J. ACM 54(5), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1145/1284320.1284321
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Robust Optimization II: With Known Finite Support, the χ² and G Uncertainty Sets Bound the Worst-Case Value at Risk over Their Confidence RegionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust optimization replaces uncertain data by a set of possible values and requires a decision to work for every value in that set. A central question is how to choose the set from data so that robust feasibility also gives a specified chance of satisfying the original constraint. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus study this question for several sampling models in Data-Driven Robust Optimization. Their finite-support construction addresses a practical case: the uncertain vector can take one of finitely many known outcomes, while their probabilities must be inferred from observations. The resulting sets use classical goodness-of-fit tests to account for uncertainty in those probabilities. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, §§2–4, pp. 2–13.

In this case the support vectors are known in advance, so the problem is not to discover which outcomes are possible. The question is how much confidence to place in their estimated frequencies and how to turn that confidence region into a set of uncertain vectors suitable for a robust constraint. The paper gives two answers, one based on Pearson's chi-square statistic and one based on the likelihood-ratio, or G, statistic. Both answers are meant to work at every requested risk level 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 for the same observed sample. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, Theorem 4, p. 13.

Setting

Let a0,…,an−1∈Rda_0,\ldots,a_{n-1}\in\mathbb R^da0​,…,an−1​∈Rd be the listed possible outcomes. A probability vector p=(pj)p=(p_j)p=(pj​) belongs to the simplex Δn\Delta_nΔn​ when all pjp_jpj​ are nonnegative and ∑jpj=1\sum_jp_j=1∑j​pj​=1. It determines the finite-support law Pp=∑jpjδajP_p=\sum_jp_j\delta_{a_j}Pp​=∑j​pj​δaj​​. From a sample one obtains the empirical frequencies p^∈Δn\hat p\in\Delta_np^​∈Δn​. A nonnegative number ρ\rhoρ records the test threshold; in the paper it is χn−1,1−α2/(2N)\chi^2_{n-1,1-\alpha}/(2N)χn−1,1−α2​/(2N), where NNN is sample size and α\alphaα is the test's significance level. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (10), p. 12.

The Pearson confidence region Pχ2\mathcal P^{\chi^2}Pχ2 contains candidates p∈Δnp\in\Delta_np∈Δn​ satisfying ∑j(pj−p^j)2/(2pj)≤ρ\sum_j(p_j-\hat p_j)^2/(2p_j)\le\rho∑j​(pj​−p^​j​)2/(2pj​)≤ρ. The G confidence region PG\mathcal P^GPG instead requires D(p^,p)≤ρD(\hat p,p)\le\rhoD(p^​,p)≤ρ, with relative entropy D(r,p)=∑jrjlog⁡(rj/pj)D(r,p)=\sum_jr_j\log(r_j/p_j)D(r,p)=∑j​rj​log(rj​/pj​). In either region, a candidate pj=0p_j=0pj​=0 is excluded when p^j>0\hat p_j>0p^​j​>0: the source's divergence is then infinite. If both entries are zero, that coordinate contributes zero. These conventions matter because ordinary real division and logarithm in Lean have total values at zero. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (10), p. 12.

For a direction v∈Rdv\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd, value at risk VaR⁡ϵPp(v)\operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v)VaRϵPp​​(v) is the lower 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ quantile of the scalar loss uTvu^{\mathsf T}vuTv. Conditional value at risk is the minimum over real ttt of t+ϵ−1∑jpj(ajTv−t)+t+\epsilon^{-1}\sum_jp_j(a_j^{\mathsf T}v-t)^+t+ϵ−1∑j​pj​(ajT​v−t)+. The paper's auxiliary set UϵCVaR⁡PpU^{\operatorname{CVaR}_{P_p}}_\epsilonUϵCVaRPp​​​ reweights the outcomes with another probability vector qqq constrained by qj≤pj/ϵq_j\le p_j/\epsilonqj​≤pj​/ϵ. The two data-driven uncertainty sets Uϵχ2U^{\chi^2}_\epsilonUϵχ2​ and UϵGU^G_\epsilonUϵG​ allow such a reweighting for some ppp in the corresponding confidence region. Their support function δ∗(v∣U)\delta^*(v\mid U)δ∗(v∣U) is the largest uTvu^{\mathsf T}vuTv over u∈Uu\in Uu∈U. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (11)–(13), pp. 12–13; Theorem EC.1, p. ec2.

Formalization targets

The first target is the paper's finite-support CVaR identity and the comparison between the two risk measures:

VaR⁡ϵPp(v)≤CVaR⁡ϵPp(v)=δ∗(v∣UϵCVaR⁡Pp).\operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v) \le \operatorname{CVaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v) =\delta^*(v\mid U^{\operatorname{CVaR}_{P_p}}_\epsilon).VaRϵPp​​(v)≤CVaRϵPp​​(v)=δ∗(v∣UϵCVaRPp​​​).

The goal is Theorem 4's deterministic claim, simultaneously for all 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1. For each ppp in the relevant confidence region, it asks for both bounds

VaR⁡ϵPp(v)≤δ∗(v∣Uϵχ2),VaR⁡ϵPp(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵG)\operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v)\le\delta^*(v\mid U^{\chi^2}_\epsilon), \qquad \operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v)\le\delta^*(v\mid U^G_\epsilon)VaRϵPp​​(v)≤δ∗(v∣Uϵχ2​),VaRϵPp​​(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵG​)

for every vvv, with each uncertainty set nonempty, convex, and compact. A supporting milestone identifies each support function as the supremum of CVaR over its confidence region. The paper also displays conic optimization programs for these support functions in (14) and (15); those programs are outside this mission's drafted statements. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, Theorem 4, p. 13; proof, p. ec2.

Significance

The bounds give a way to certify the directional risk of every candidate distribution accepted by a goodness-of-fit test. For a nonempty convex compact uncertainty set, the paper's Theorem 1 turns this directional condition into a probabilistic guarantee for every constraint concave in the uncertain vector. Theorem 4 adds the sampling claim through coverage of the confidence region: when the true finite-support distribution belongs to that region, the whole family indexed by ϵ\epsilonϵ receives the guarantee. The statistical tests use chi-square approximations, so their advertised coverage is asymptotic rather than an exact finite-sample result. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, Theorems 1–4, pp. 10–13.

The paper proves the mathematical result. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of its finite-dimensional definitions, the CVaR identity, the worst-case support identities, and the deterministic risk bounds. The drafted Lean statements are open goals. A completed development would also give reusable facts about finite-support risk measures and support functions under divergence-constrained probabilities. It would leave the test coverage calculation and the explicit programs (14)–(15) for separate work.

Difficulty

The risk comparison alone does not identify a robust uncertainty set: the support function must agree with the worst-case CVaR over an entire region of probability vectors. This brings a finite-dimensional optimization identity into the formal proof, including attainment and the relationship between reweightings and distributions. Boundary coordinates create another difficulty. The Pearson expression divides by pjp_jpj​, and the G expression contains log⁡(p^j/pj)\log(\hat p_j/p_j)log(p^​j​/pj​); silently accepting Lean's values at zero would enlarge the regions and change the theorem. The support function and CVaR are real infima or suprema, so their nonempty, bounded domains must also be established. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (10)–(13), pp. 12–13; proof, p. ec2.

Formalization scope

Lean represents outcomes and probability vectors as functions on Fin d and Fin n; indices start at zero. The simplex is Mathlib's stdSimplex. The law is a finite sum of point masses. If two listed vectors coincide, their point masses aggregate; the paper's notation pj=Pp(u~=aj)p_j=P_p(\tilde u=a_j)pj​=Pp​(u~=aj​) is recovered with the intended distinct listing. Value at risk and the support function reuse published Prove2Me definitions; the finite-vector relative entropy also reuses a published definition, guarded at zero in this mission's G region. CVaR uses a real sInf, equal to the paper's minimum for a simplex law and 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1. No statement applies it outside that domain.

The goal assumes p^∈Δn\hat p\in\Delta_np^​∈Δn​ and ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0. These express, respectively, that the center is an empirical probability vector and that the chi-square threshold is nonnegative. It quantifies over every 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, with the same confidence regions for all levels. The paper's sample size, chi-square quantile, and significance level are compressed into ρ\rhoρ; coverage of the true distribution by the test is a separate statistical premise and is not formalized here. The source's P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ is represented by Pp∗P_{p^*}Pp∗​ for a supported probability vector p∗p^*p∗. The draft does not treat an arbitrary unsupported law as a member of the confidence region.

The nonempty and compact conclusions rule out a zero returned by a support function on an empty or unbounded set. The zero-denominator guards rule out candidates the paper assigns infinite divergence. Contributions needed to close the mission include finite-simplex geometry, the finite-support CVaR identity, continuity of the divergence regions at boundary coordinates, and the risk-bound theorem. Those facts can be reused in later data-driven robust optimization developments.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Bertsimas, Vishal Gupta, and Nathan Kallus, Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; revised version in Mathematical Programming 167 (2018), 235–292. Preprint.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons 1: A Fixed Price Earns at Least 1 − 1/(2√min{n, λ*t}) of the Optimal Expected RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

A firm holds a fixed stock of a perishable or seasonal product: airline seats, hotel rooms, fashion goods, tickets. It must sell the stock over a finite season, and whatever is left at the end is worth nothing. The firm can change its price at any time, and demand responds to the price at random. Should it adjust its price continually as sales occur and time runs out, or is one well-chosen price nearly as good?

Gallego and van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons (Management Science 40(8), 1994, doi:10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999), set up this question as a continuous-time stochastic control problem and answered it. The source for this mission is the published 1994 article. Its answer is quantitative: the expected revenue of a single fixed price is within a factor 1−1/(2min⁡{n,λ∗t})1-1/(2\sqrt{\min\{n,\lambda^*t\}})1−1/(2min{n,λ∗t}​) of the best possible dynamic policy. The paper is one of the founding results of dynamic pricing in revenue management. The deterministic (fluid) upper bound it introduced became the standard benchmark of the field, and later work on re-solving heuristics, network revenue management and learning-while-pricing builds on it.

Setting

Demand. The firm chooses a demand intensity λ\lambdaλ from an interval Λ∋0\Lambda\ni 0Λ∋0 of allowable rates, and the market charges the inverse-demand price p(λ)p(\lambda)p(λ). On nonzero rates, ppp is strictly decreasing and nonnegative; rate 000 corresponds to the null price p∞p_\inftyp∞​, at which nothing sells. The revenue rate is r(λ)=λp(λ)r(\lambda)=\lambda p(\lambda)r(λ)=λp(λ). It has r(0)=0r(0)=0r(0)=0, and it is continuous, concave and bounded on Λ\LambdaΛ. λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ denotes its least maximizer, and p∗=p(λ∗)p^*=p(\lambda^*)p∗=p(λ∗), r∗=r(λ∗)r^*=r(\lambda^*)r∗=r(λ∗). Such data form a regular demand function (§2.1).

The stochastic problem. At time 000 the firm holds nnn items and has a horizon [0,t][0,t][0,t]. A non-anticipating pricing policy uuu chooses the intensity λs∈Λ\lambda_s\in\Lambdaλs​∈Λ at each elapsed time sss as a function of the sales history so far. Sales follow a Poisson process with this controlled intensity, and at most nnn items can be sold. A sale at time sss earns the current price psp_sps​. The expected revenue is Ju(n,t)=Eu[∫0tps dNs]J_u(n,t)=E_u[\int_0^t p_s\,dN_s]Ju​(n,t)=Eu​[∫0t​ps​dNs​], where NsN_sNs​ counts the sales, and the optimal expected revenue is J∗(n,t)=sup⁡uJu(n,t)J^*(n,t)=\sup_u J_u(n,t)J∗(n,t)=supu​Ju​(n,t).

The deterministic problem. Replacing random sales by their rates gives

JD(x,t)=sup⁡{∫0tr(λ(s)) ds: λ(s)∈Λ, ∫0tλ(s) ds≤x}.J^D(x,t)=\sup\Big\{\int_0^t r(\lambda(s))\,ds:\ \lambda(s)\in\Lambda,\ \int_0^t\lambda(s)\,ds\le x\Big\}.JD(x,t)=sup{∫0t​r(λ(s))ds: λ(s)∈Λ, ∫0t​λ(s)ds≤x}.

It is solved by the constant rate λD=min⁡{λ∗,x/t}\lambda^D=\min\{\lambda^*,x/t\}λD=min{λ∗,x/t} (Proposition 2).

Fixed-price heuristics. JFP(n,t)J^{FP}(n,t)JFP(n,t) is the expected revenue of charging pD=p(λD)p^D=p(\lambda^D)pD=p(λD) for the whole horizon. JOFP(n,t)J^{OFP}(n,t)JOFP(n,t) is the expected revenue of the best constant price.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

For λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0, n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and t>0t>0t>0, J∗(n,t)J^*(n,t)J∗(n,t) is finite and positive, and

JOFP(n,t)J∗(n,t) ≥ JFP(n,t)J∗(n,t) ≥ 1−12min⁡{n,λ∗t}.\frac{J^{OFP}(n,t)}{J^*(n,t)}\ \ge\ \frac{J^{FP}(n,t)}{J^*(n,t)}\ \ge\ 1-\frac{1}{2\sqrt{\min\{n,\lambda^*t\}}}.J∗(n,t)JOFP(n,t)​ ≥ J∗(n,t)JFP(n,t)​ ≥ 1−2min{n,λ∗t}​1​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2: λD\lambda^DλD solves (11), and JD(x,t)=t r(λD)J^D(x,t)=t\,r(\lambda^D)JD(x,t)=tr(λD).
  2. Eqs. (13)–(14): Eu[Nt]=Eu[∫0tλsds]≤nE_u[N_t]=E_u[\int_0^t\lambda_s ds]\le nEu​[Nt​]=Eu​[∫0t​λs​ds]≤n and Ju(n,t)=Eu[∫0tr(λs)ds]J_u(n,t)=E_u[\int_0^t r(\lambda_s)ds]Ju​(n,t)=Eu​[∫0t​r(λs​)ds] for every policy.
  3. Eq. (15) and Lemma 1: Ju(n,t)≤Ju(n,t,μ)≤JD(n,t,μ)J_u(n,t)\le J_u(n,t,\mu)\le J^D(n,t,\mu)Ju​(n,t)≤Ju​(n,t,μ)≤JD(n,t,μ) for all μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0.
  4. The zero duality gap: JD(n,t)=min⁡μ≥0JD(n,t,μ)J^D(n,t)=\min_{\mu\ge0}J^D(n,t,\mu)JD(n,t)=minμ≥0​JD(n,t,μ).
  5. Theorem 2: J∗(n,t)≤JD(n,t)J^*(n,t)\le J^D(n,t)J∗(n,t)≤JD(n,t) for all n≥0n\ge 0n≥0, t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  6. Eq. (17): a fixed price ppp earns p E[min⁡{n,Nλ(p)t}]p\,E[\min\{n,N_{\lambda(p)t}\}]pE[min{n,Nλ(p)t​}], with NNN Poisson.
  7. Inequality (18), Gallego's bound E[(N−n)+]≤(σ2+(n−μ)2−(n−μ))/2E[(N-n)^+]\le(\sqrt{\sigma^2+(n-\mu)^2}-(n-\mu))/2E[(N−n)+]≤(σ2+(n−μ)2​−(n−μ))/2, already on the platform.
  8. The two case bounds of the proof of Theorem 3, including (19), and the exact fixed-price revenue of the Remark.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 says that uncertainty can only cost revenue. The deterministic value is a computable upper bound for every policy, so any heuristic can be judged against it. Theorem 3 turns this into a guarantee: with 400 items and scarce stock, a single price earns at least 97.5% of the optimum. The loss vanishes as the expected sales volume grows. This is the justification for the stable, rarely changed prices seen in practice, and the template for the asymptotic-optimality analyses that followed: fluid bounds, re-solving, bid prices.

Formalizing it. The results are proved on paper, and none is formalized. The platform has a discrete-time Bernoulli analogue of Theorem 2 (Talluri–van Ryzin, RevenueManagement.deterministic_upper_bound) and Bitran–Caldentey's periodic-review version as open items. Neither is this continuous-time model. A formalization would add a controlled Poisson sales process with a policy-dependent intensity, the compensator identities (13)–(14) for it, and a Lagrangian-duality argument over measurable rate paths. These are reusable for every continuous-time revenue-management model on the platform. Gallego's moment bound (18) is already proved there.

Difficulty

The deterministic side (Proposition 2, the duality gap) is convex analysis on one concave function. The fixed-price bounds reduce to a Poisson computation and (18). The obstacle is Theorem 2's stochastic step. The revenue is collected at random jump times chosen by an adaptive policy, and comparing it with a deterministic integral requires the compensator identity Eu[∫ps dNs]=Eu[∫r(λs) ds]E_u[\int p_s\,dN_s]=E_u[\int r(\lambda_s)\,ds]Eu​[∫ps​dNs​]=Eu​[∫r(λs​)ds] for an arbitrary non-anticipating intensity. The paper cites Brémaud's martingale theory for this, which Mathlib does not have. A first idea is to apply Jensen's inequality to JuJ_uJu​ directly. It fails because the stock constraint holds only pathwise, through Nt≤nN_t\le nNt​≤n, and not in expectation for a rate path. Restricting to Markovian policies does not remove the need for the identity.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Rates are real numbers, and Λ⊆[0,∞)\Lambda\subseteq[0,\infty)Λ⊆[0,∞) is an interval containing 000. ppp is a real function, strictly decreasing and nonnegative on Λ∖{0}\Lambda\setminus\{0\}Λ∖{0}. r(λ)=λp(λ)r(\lambda)=\lambda p(\lambda)r(λ)=λp(λ) is continuous, concave and bounded above on Λ\LambdaΛ, and λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ is its least maximizer. p(0)p(0)p(0) is never used, since the null price may be +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Policies depend on elapsed time and the past sale times (the internal history); randomized policies are not included. Intensities are jointly measurable and locally integrable.
  • The sales process is built from i.i.d. Exp(1)\mathrm{Exp}(1)Exp(1) clocks, one per item. A sale occurs when the intensity integrated since the last sale reaches the next clock, so at most nnn items are sold. Constraint (2) is part of the construction, not a hypothesis.
  • Values. Expected revenues and J∗J^*J∗ are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], as lower Lebesgue integrals and suprema. JDJ^DJD is a real supremum over measurable, integrable rate paths, nonempty and bounded for x,t≥0x,t\ge0x,t≥0. JFPJ^{FP}JFP and JOFPJ^{OFP}JOFP are expected revenues of constant-price policies of this process, and the goal also asserts 0<J∗<∞0<J^*<\infty0<J∗<∞. Defining JuJ_uJu​ by the right side of (14), J∗J^*J∗ by the HJB equation, or JFPJ^{FP}JFP by formula (17) would trivialize the mission, and is ruled out.
  • Added hypotheses. Theorem 3 assumes n≥1n\ge1n≥1, t>0t>0t>0 and λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0, which the page leaves implicit: the ratios divide by J∗J^*J∗, which vanishes otherwise. Eqs. (13)–(14) are stated for every policy, without Proposition 1's bound λs≤λ∗\lambda_s\le\lambda^*λs​≤λ∗, and without the reduction to Markovian policies.
  • Corrected slips. (12) prints JD(x,t)=tmin⁡{r∗,r0}J^D(x,t)=t\min\{r^*,r^0\}JD(x,t)=tmin{r∗,r0}, which is false for x>λ∗tx>\lambda^*tx>λ∗t (exponential demand with x=atx=atx=at gives r0=0r^0=0r0=0). The statement uses t r(λD)t\,r(\lambda^D)tr(λD), and the printed form where x≤λ∗tx\le\lambda^*tx≤λ∗t. The Remark's "E(Nn−n)+=n(1−P{Nn=n})E(N_n-n)^+=n(1-P\{N_n=n\})E(Nn​−n)+=n(1−P{Nn​=n})" should read E[min⁡{Nn,n}]E[\min\{N_n,n\}]E[min{Nn​,n}]; its displayed JFPJ^{FP}JFP formula is right. Proposition 2's "the optimal solution" is stated as optimality, since uniqueness fails without strict concavity.
  • Welcome contributions. Infrastructure for counting processes with stochastic intensity (the clock construction, the compensator identity), Jensen and Lagrangian duality for concave integral functionals on rate paths, and Poisson truncated-mean computations.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego, G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • G. Gallego, A Minmax Distribution Free Procedure for the (Q, R) Inventory Model, Operations Research Letters 11:55–60, 1992 (cited in the paper's references, p. 1019).
  • P. Brémaud, Point Processes and Queues: Martingale Dynamics, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1980 (as cited in the paper).
  • K. T. Talluri, G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004 (Chapter 5; on the platform as RevenueManagement.*).
  • G. Bitran, R. Caldentey, An Overview of Pricing Models for Revenue Management, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 5(3):203–229, 2003 (on the platform as PricingRM.DetHeuristic.*).
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Optimality of Order-up-to Policies in Lost Sales Inventory Systems: Ordering Up to the Newsvendor Level for Penalty b + τh Is Asymptotically Optimal as b → ∞Research Paper

Motivation

Periodic-review inventory systems face a simple choice each period: how much to order before the next demand is known. When unmet demand is lost, the order can affect the stock available several periods later without preserving a backlog that records earlier shortages. This makes the optimal policy difficult to describe when replenishment takes time. An order-up-to policy offers a practical rule: order enough to bring the inventory position to a fixed level. Huh, Janakiraman, Muckstadt and Rusmevichientong ask when that simple rule performs as well as the best admissible lost-sales policy as the penalty for a lost unit grows. Their working paper, pp. 3–4 and 17–18, proves asymptotic optimality for a particular level obtained from a related backorder system.

The motivating costs are concrete. A lost sale may represent an expedited service part or a missed sale whose cost is much larger than one period of holding inventory. The paper's central comparison concerns the high-penalty regime while holding the demand law, lead time and holding rate fixed. The fixed-level policy can be computed from the distribution of demand over the lead time plus the order period; it does not require solving the full lost-sales control problem. The paper also supplies a finite-penalty bound, which this mission retains as a milestone. Huh et al., pp. 3–4, 17–18.

Setting

Let D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\ldotsD1​,D2​,… be independent, identically distributed nonnegative demands with finite positive mean. An order takes a fixed integer lead time τ≥1\tau\ge1τ≥1 to arrive. At the start of period ttt, the order placed τ\tauτ periods earlier arrives; then a new order is placed, and demand DtD_tDt​ is observed. Unmet demand is lost. At period end, each unit remaining on hand incurs holding cost h>0h>0h>0, and each lost unit incurs penalty b>0b>0b>0. The inventory position counts on-hand units and outstanding orders. An order-up-to-SSS policy raises this position to S≥0S\ge0S≥0 whenever possible.

Write CL,S(h,b)C^{\mathcal L,S}(h,b)CL,S(h,b) for the long-run average cost of that policy and CL∗(h,b)C^{\mathcal L*}(h,b)CL∗(h,b) for the infimum over admissible policies. The corresponding backorder system retains unmet demand as negative net inventory and charges bbb per backordered unit per period. For an order-up-to level SSS, its stationary average cost is

CB,S(h,b)=hE[(S−D)+]+bE[(D−S)+],D=∑i=1τ+1Di.C^{\mathcal B,S}(h,b)=h\mathbb E[(S-\mathbf D)^+]+b\mathbb E[(\mathbf D-S)^+],\qquad \mathbf D=\sum_{i=1}^{\tau+1}D_i.CB,S(h,b)=hE[(S−D)+]+bE[(D−S)+],D=i=1∑τ+1​Di​.

The newsvendor level SB∗(h,b)S^{\mathcal B*}(h,b)SB∗(h,b) is the smallest nonnegative SSS with Pr⁡(D≤S)≥b/(b+h)\Pr(\mathbf D\le S)\ge b/(b+h)Pr(D≤S)≥b/(b+h); it attains the best backorder order-up-to cost CB∗(h,b)C^{\mathcal B*}(h,b)CB∗(h,b). The paper's Assumption 1 concerns this lead-time demand D\mathbf DD: if mD(t)=E[D−t∣D>t]m_{\mathbf D}(t)=\mathbb E[\mathbf D-t\mid\mathbf D>t]mD​(t)=E[D−t∣D>t] when the conditioning event has positive probability and zero otherwise, then mD(t)/t→0m_{\mathbf D}(t)/t\to0mD​(t)/t→0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞. Huh et al., pp. 3–4, 9, 11–12.

Formalization targets

Asymptotically optimal order-up-to level

Fix hhh, τ\tauτ and the demand law satisfying Assumption 1. Set Sb+τh=SB∗(h,b+τh)S_{b+\tau h}=S^{\mathcal B*}(h,b+\tau h)Sb+τh​=SB∗(h,b+τh). The goal is the equivalent multiplicative form of Theorem 15(b): for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, all sufficiently large bbb satisfy

inf⁡S≥0CL,S(h,b)≤CL,Sb+τh(h,b)≤(1+ε)CL∗(h,b).\inf_{S\ge0}C^{\mathcal L,S}(h,b)\le C^{\mathcal L,S_{b+\tau h}}(h,b)\le(1+\varepsilon)C^{\mathcal L*}(h,b).S≥0inf​CL,S(h,b)≤CL,Sb+τh​(h,b)≤(1+ε)CL∗(h,b).

The infimum over order-up-to levels captures the paper's best such policy. The right-hand comparator remains the infimum over all admissible lost-sales policies. The multiplicative form also covers an almost-surely constant demand law, where both costs can be zero and a literal ratio would be undefined. Huh et al., Theorem 15(b), p. 17.

Explicit finite-penalty bound

Theorem 15(a) is a milestone. With S′=SB∗(h,b/(τ+1))S'=S^{\mathcal B*}(h,b/(\tau+1))S′=SB∗(h,b/(τ+1)) and ψ(S′;h,q)=qE[(D−S′)+]/(hE[(S′−D)+])\psi(S';h,q)=q\mathbb E[(\mathbf D-S')^+]/(h\mathbb E[(S'-\mathbf D)^+])ψ(S′;h,q)=qE[(D−S′)+]/(hE[(S′−D)+]), its factor is

1+νbψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1))1+ψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1)),νb=(b+τh)(τ+1)b.\frac{1+\nu_b\psi(S';h,b/(\tau+1))}{1+\psi(S';h,b/(\tau+1))},\qquad \nu_b=\frac{(b+\tau h)(\tau+1)}{b}.1+ψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1))1+νb​ψ(S′;h,b/(τ+1))​,νb​=b(b+τh)(τ+1)​.

The milestone states the bound where the expected holding quantity in ψ\psiψ is positive. Earlier milestones state the pathwise comparison of the systems, the two-sided average-cost comparison with penalties b/(τ+1)b/(\tau+1)b/(τ+1) and b+τhb+\tau hb+τh, the lower bound on unrestricted lost-sales optimal cost, the newsvendor formula, and the backorder sensitivity results used by the theorem. Huh et al., Lemmas 5, 9, 13 and Theorems 6, 15, pp. 11–18.

Significance

The theorem gives a specific computable stock level whose relative cost loss vanishes in the high-penalty regime. It addresses the gap between a tractable backorder benchmark and the more difficult lost-sales control problem. The finite-penalty factor states how the comparison depends on lead time, holding cost, penalty and the shortage-to-holding ratio; the asymptotic statement alone would not quantify that dependence. The paper establishes these mathematical results; the mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the stated Lean targets. Huh et al., pp. 17–18.

Formalizing the result would also supply reusable infrastructure for coupled inventory systems: measurable demand-path laws, pathwise recursions with delayed delivery, extended nonnegative long-run costs, and a clean comparison between an explicit policy and the infimum over unrestricted policies. The backorder newsvendor and mean-residual-life components can be reused beyond this particular lost-sales model.

Difficulty

The backorder system has a closed stationary cost formula, while a lost-sales order-up-to process generally cannot be replaced directly by that formula. The paper notes that its on-hand inventory distribution need not converge from every starting state, even under a fixed order-up-to policy. One must therefore justify the long-run comparison without assuming stationarity from an arbitrary start. A second difficulty is the benchmark: comparing only against other order-up-to policies is too weak to establish Theorem 15, because the goal uses the optimal cost over all admissible lost-sales policies. Huh et al., pp. 14–16, 18.

Formalization scope

Lean reuses the published CappedBaseStock lost-sales model. Its demands are nonnegative and i.i.d. with finite positive mean; τ≥1\tau\ge1τ≥1 and h,b>0h,b>0h,b>0. Period zero in Lean is period one in the paper. Both coupled processes start with zero on-hand stock and an empty pipeline. Inventory XtX_tXt​ is read immediately after delivery, before current demand. Lost-sales costs lie in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and use the limsup of expected Cesàro averages; the backorder closed form uses real Bochner expectations under finite-mean demand. The paper's stationary lost-sales cost and this Cesàro cost are identified using its long-run results, but those convergence results are outside this proposal. Huh et al., pp. 14–16.

The paper prints nonnegative rates in Theorem 15, while its displayed newsvendor fraction and shortage-to-holding ratios require positive denominators. Theorem 6(a) therefore states the ratio limit for nonconstant demand laws. The main theorem uses a multiplicative limit bound that also covers constant demand, where the printed ratio is undefined.

The quantity CL∗C^{\mathcal L*}CL∗ is an infimum over measurable, history-dependent policies with private randomization; no attaining policy is assumed. The backorder optimum is an infimum over nonnegative order-up-to levels. Assumption 1 is imposed on the sum of τ+1\tau+1τ+1 demands, and the limit b→∞b\to\inftyb→∞ is expressed by a positive threshold uniform over all parameter records with the fixed lead time and holding rate. The mission excludes a restricted policy comparator, a fixed penalty, a one-period lead-time specialization, and Assumption 1 on single-period demand. Solvers may contribute proofs of any milestone, along with finite-mean and measurability lemmas needed to connect the model to the backorder benchmarks.

Selected references

  • W. T. Huh, G. Janakiraman, J. A. Muckstadt and P. Rusmevichientong, Asymptotic Optimality of Order-up-to Policies in Lost Sales Inventory Systems, working paper, December 4, 2006; published in Management Science 55(3), 2009. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.1080.0945.
  • G. Janakiraman, S. Seshadri and G. Shanthikumar, A Comparison of the Optimal Costs of Two Canonical Inventory Systems, working paper, Stern School of Business, New York University, 2005; bound quoted in Huh et al., §5, p. 13. Quoted source.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Uniformly Bounded Regret in the Multi-Secretary Problem 1: The Budget-Ratio Policy Has Regret at Most a₁M(ε), Uniformly in the Number of Candidates n and the Budget kResearch Paper

Motivation

The multi-secretary problem is the simplest model of capacity allocation under uncertainty: a decision maker sees nnn candidates one at a time and may hire at most kkk of them, with every decision final. The same structure underlies single-resource revenue management (accepting or rejecting booking requests against a fixed inventory; see Talluri and van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, 2004), online knapsack and packing problems, and dynamic assortment of limited stock.

The performance of an online policy is measured against the offline benchmark, the value of the best kkk candidates chosen with full hindsight. The gap between the two is the regret.

  • In the version where the values arrive as a uniform random permutation, Kleinberg (2005) proved that the minimal regret is of order k\sqrt kk​ and gave an algorithm attaining it (as summarized in Remark 1 of the paper below).
  • Arlotto and Gurvich (arXiv:1710.07719, 2017; Stochastic Systems 2019) showed that when the values have a finite support, the optimal online policy, and an explicit simple policy, have regret bounded by a constant that does not depend on nnn or kkk. The constant depends only on the smallest probability mass.

This mission formalizes that upper bound.

Setting

Abilities take values in a finite set A={am<am−1<⋯<a1}\mathcal A=\{a_m<a_{m-1}<\dots<a_1\}A={am​<am−1​<⋯<a1​} of distinct positive reals, with probabilities fj=P(X=aj)>0f_j=\mathbb P(X=a_j)>0fj​=P(X=aj​)>0, ∑jfj=1\sum_j f_j=1∑j​fj​=1. Write Fˉ(aj)=f1+⋯+fj−1\bar F(a_j)=f_1+\dots+f_{j-1}Fˉ(aj​)=f1​+⋯+fj−1​ for the mass strictly above aja_jaj​, and

ϵ=12min⁡{fm,…,f1}.\epsilon=\tfrac12\min\{f_m,\dots,f_1\}.ϵ=21​min{fm​,…,f1​}.

The abilities X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ are independent with this distribution. Budget pairs range over the triangle T={(n,k):0≤k≤n}\mathcal T=\{(n,k):0\le k\le n\}T={(n,k):0≤k≤n}.

  • Offline value. Voff∗(n,k)=E[max⁡{∑tXtσt:σ∈{0,1}n, ∑tσt≤k}]V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)=\mathbb E\big[\max\{\sum_t X_t\sigma_t:\sigma\in\{0,1\}^n,\ \sum_t\sigma_t\le k\}\big]Voff∗​(n,k)=E[max{∑t​Xt​σt​:σ∈{0,1}n, ∑t​σt​≤k}].
  • Online policies. A policy decides σt∈{0,1}\sigma_t\in\{0,1\}σt​∈{0,1} using only X1,…,XtX_1,\dots,X_tX1​,…,Xt​ and must select at most kkk candidates on every realization. Π(n,k)\Pi(n,k)Π(n,k) is the set of such policies, Vonπ(n,k)=E[∑tXtσtπ]V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)=\mathbb E[\sum_t X_t\sigma^\pi_t]Vonπ​(n,k)=E[∑t​Xt​σtπ​], and Von∗(n,k)=max⁡π∈Π(n,k)Vonπ(n,k)V^*_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)=\max_{\pi\in\Pi(n,k)}V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)Von∗​(n,k)=maxπ∈Π(n,k)​Vonπ​(n,k).
  • Counts. ZjrZ^r_jZjr​ is the number of aja_jaj​-candidates among the first rrr. The offline sort selects Sjr=min⁡{Zjr,(k−∑i<jZir)+}\mathfrak S^r_j=\min\{Z^r_j,(k-\sum_{i<j}Z^r_i)_+\}Sjr​=min{Zjr​,(k−∑i<j​Zir​)+​} of them. Sjπ,rS^{\pi,r}_jSjπ,r​ counts those selected by π\piπ.
  • Action index. j0(n,k)j_0(n,k)j0​(n,k) is the largest jjj with Fˉ(aj)+12fj≤k/n\bar F(a_j)+\tfrac12f_j\le k/nFˉ(aj​)+21​fj​≤k/n, or 111 if there is none.
  • Thresholds. T1=0T_1=0T1​=0, Tj=Fˉ(aj)+12fjT_j=\bar F(a_j)+\tfrac12 f_jTj​=Fˉ(aj​)+21​fj​ for 2≤j≤m2\le j\le m2≤j≤m, and Tm+1=+∞T_{m+1}=+\inftyTm+1​=+∞.
  • Budget-Ratio (BR) policy. With remaining budget KtK_tKt​ (K0=kK_0=kK0​=k), at time t+1t+1t+1 the policy finds jjj with Tj≤Kt/(n−t)<Tj+1T_j\le K_t/(n-t)<T_{j+1}Tj​≤Kt​/(n−t)<Tj+1​. It selects Xt+1X_{t+1}Xt+1​ if and only if Kt>0K_t>0Kt​>0 and Xt+1≥ajX_{t+1}\ge a_jXt+1​≥aj​.
  • Stopping times. For 0<δ<ϵ0<\delta<\epsilon0<δ<ϵ, τ0\tau_0τ0​ is the first time the budget ratio comes within δ/2\delta/2δ/2 of a threshold, or the cut-off n−2δ−1−1n-2\delta^{-1}-1n−2δ−1−1. The time τ\tauτ of (20) is the first later time the ratio leaves the δ\deltaδ-band around that threshold, or the cut-off.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (first display)

For every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 there is a constant MMM such that for every instance with 12min⁡jfj=ϵ\tfrac12\min_jf_j=\epsilon21​minj​fj​=ϵ and all (n,k)∈T(n,k)\in\mathcal T(n,k)∈T, br∈Π(n,k)\mathrm{br}\in\Pi(n,k)br∈Π(n,k) and

Voff∗(n,k)−Von∗(n,k)≤Voff∗(n,k)−Vonbr(n,k)≤a1M.V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)-V^*_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)\le V^*_{\mathrm{off}}(n,k)-V^{\mathrm{br}}_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)\le a_1M.Voff∗​(n,k)−Von∗​(n,k)≤Voff∗​(n,k)−Vonbr​(n,k)≤a1​M.

No constant is fixed. Only the shape is asserted: a bound uniform in nnn, kkk, the support size and the distribution, given ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • The benchmark inequality Vonπ≤Voff∗V^\pi_{\mathrm{on}}\le V^*_{\mathrm{off}}Vonπ​≤Voff∗​ (p. 5).
  • The sort identity Voff∗=∑jajE[Sjn]V^*_{\mathrm{off}}=\sum_ja_j\mathbb E[\mathfrak S^n_j]Voff∗​=∑j​aj​E[Sjn​] (4).
  • The binomial overshoot bound E[(B−k)+]≤1/(4ε)\mathbb E[(B-k)_+]\le1/(4\varepsilon)E[(B−k)+​]≤1/(4ε) (Lemma 2).
  • The offline decomposition Voff∗=∑i<jaiE[Zin]+ajE[Sjn]+aj+1E[Sj+1n]±a1/(4ϵ)V^*_{\mathrm{off}}=\sum_{i<j}a_i\mathbb E[Z^n_i]+a_j\mathbb E[\mathfrak S^n_j]+a_{j+1}\mathbb E[\mathfrak S^n_{j+1}]\pm a_1/(4\epsilon)Voff∗​=∑i<j​ai​E[Zin​]+aj​E[Sjn​]+aj+1​E[Sj+1n​]±a1​/(4ϵ) (Proposition 1).
  • The sufficient condition: four properties (i)–(iv) of a policy up to a stopping time imply regret at most 3a1M+a1/(4ϵ)3a_1M+a_1/(4\epsilon)3a1​M+a1​/(4ϵ) (Proposition 2).
  • The identification j0(n,k)=jj_0(n,k)=jj0​(n,k)=j on k/n∈[Tj,Tj+1)k/n\in[T_j,T_{j+1})k/n∈[Tj​,Tj+1​) (p. 17).
  • The BR selection probability and the jump bound ∣Kt/(n−t)−Kt+1/(n−t−1)∣≤δ/2|K_t/(n-t)-K_{t+1}/(n-t-1)|\le\delta/2∣Kt​/(n−t)−Kt+1​/(n−t−1)∣≤δ/2 (p. 13).
  • E[τ]≥n−M\mathbb E[\tau]\ge n-ME[τ]≥n−M (Theorem 2).
  • BR and τ\tauτ satisfy (i)–(iv) (Corollary 1).
  • The state-space reduction vℓ(w,κ)=w+gℓ(κ)v_\ell(w,\kappa)=w+g_\ell(\kappa)vℓ​(w,κ)=w+gℓ​(κ) of the Bellman recursion (Proposition 5).

Significance

The result. Bounded regret means that the loss from not knowing the future is a fixed number of candidates' worth of value, however long the horizon and however large the budget. The bound holds uniformly over all distributions with the same ϵ\epsilonϵ. It is attained by an explicit, adaptive, non-randomized rule that compares one ratio with mmm fixed thresholds. The companion result of the same paper shows that every non-adaptive policy suffers regret of order n\sqrt nn​ in the interior regime. Together they quantify the value of adapting to the remaining budget. Lemma 1 of the paper shows the dependence on ϵ\epsilonϵ cannot be removed.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, but no part of it is machine-checked; there is no multi-secretary or bounded-regret development on the platform. The mission produces several pieces of machinery: a reusable finite model of sequential selection with online policies and the offline benchmark; an explicit online policy with its stopping-time analysis; and a binomial overshoot bound usable elsewhere. The constant MMM is not made explicit in the paper. A formal proof would give one, and sharper constants are welcome.

Difficulty

The offline decomposition and the sufficient condition are bookkeeping with counts and one concentration bound. The hard step is Theorem 2: showing that the budget ratio Kt/(n−t)K_t/(n-t)Kt​/(n−t) stays within δ\deltaδ of its attracting threshold until a bounded expected number of periods before the end. Near the horizon a single selection moves the ratio by about 1/(n−t)1/(n-t)1/(n−t), so the band becomes easy to leave. Equivalently, the target δ(n−τ0−u)\delta(n-\tau_0-u)δ(n−τ0​−u) that the deviation process must exceed shrinks to zero. A standard martingale or drift argument with a fixed band therefore does not give a bound uniform in nnn. The paper combines the mean-reverting drift of the deviation process with an exponential tail bound (its Proposition 4) and a Lyapunov argument. A second subtlety is uniformity: every constant must depend on ϵ\epsilonϵ (and δ\deltaδ) only, never on mmm, the aja_jaj​, nnn or kkk.

Formalization scope

The source is arXiv:1710.07719v2; its printed page numbers equal the PDF page numbers.

Representation.

  • Ability levels are Fin m, with index 0 the largest value a1a_1a1​; Lean index iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1.
  • Each instance carries aaa strictly decreasing and positive, fff positive with ∑f=1\sum f=1∑f=1.
  • Expectations are finite sums over sequences x:Fin n→Fin mx:\mathrm{Fin}\,n\to\mathrm{Fin}\,mx:Finn→Finm weighted by ∏tf(xt)\prod_tf(x_t)∏t​f(xt​), so no measure theory is needed.
  • Policies are deterministic selection rules σ(x,t)\sigma(x,t)σ(x,t) that are non-anticipating and feasible. Von∗V^*_{\mathrm{on}}Von∗​ is a maximum over this finite set. The paper allows randomized policies; for this finite problem the optimal values coincide (p. 39). In any case, restricting to deterministic policies can only lower Von∗V^*_{\mathrm{on}}Von∗​ and so does not weaken the goal.
  • Voff∗V^*_{\mathrm{off}}Voff∗​ is defined as an expected maximum over selection vectors, not by the sort formula. The sort formula is a milestone.

Quantifiers. The constant MMM in the goal is chosen after ϵ\epsilonϵ and before mmm, the instance, nnn and kkk. A statement with MMM chosen after the instance, or after nnn, is trivial (regret ≤a1n\le a_1n≤a1​n) and is excluded.

Corrections to the printed text, disclosed in the items.

  1. In Theorem 2 and Corollary 1, MMM depends on the auxiliary δ∈(0,ϵ)\delta\in(0,\epsilon)δ∈(0,ϵ) as well, because τ\tauτ does. δ\deltaδ is quantified before MMM. The goal itself is δ\deltaδ-free.
  2. Lemma 2's conditions p+ε≤k/np+\varepsilon\le k/np+ε≤k/n, k/n≤p−εk/n\le p-\varepsilonk/n≤p−ε are stated as (p+ε)n≤k(p+\varepsilon)n\le k(p+ε)n≤k, k≤(p−ε)nk\le(p-\varepsilon)nk≤(p−ε)n, the form used in its proof. This avoids a false case at n=0n=0n=0.
  3. The BR rule is applied at every time t+1∈{1,…,n}t+1\in\{1,\dots,n\}t+1∈{1,…,n}; p. 11 writes {1,…,n−1}\{1,\dots,n-1\}{1,…,n−1}.
  4. τ\tauτ is capped at nnn, which matters only when n=0n=0n=0.
  5. In Proposition 5 the recursions are imposed for κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1 (boundary conditions at κ=0\kappa=0κ=0), and only identity (49) is stated.

Infrastructure. The model definitions (instance, offline value, online policies, counts, thresholds, action index) and the binomial overshoot lemma are reusable for other finite-support online selection and revenue-management results. All of the following are welcome:

  • proofs of individual milestones;
  • an explicit constant;
  • a formal derivation of Von∗(n,k)=vn(0,k)V^*_{\mathrm{on}}(n,k)=v_n(0,k)Von∗​(n,k)=vn​(0,k) connecting Proposition 5 to Von∗V^*_{\mathrm{on}}Von∗​.

Selected references

  • A. Arlotto, I. Gurvich, Uniformly Bounded Regret in the Multi-Secretary Problem, arXiv:1710.07719v2, 2018; Stochastic Systems 9(3), 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1710.07719
  • R. Kleinberg, A multiple-choice secretary algorithm with applications to online auctions, SODA 2005. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/1070432.1070519
  • K. T. Talluri, G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
  • D. P. Bertsekas, S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities, Oxford University Press, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 9 of 38Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me